Sony PM-0320 GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID User Manual User Guide

Sony Mobile Communications Inc GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID User Guide

User Guide

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	1958488
Application ID	zmoPJaqCJt3zW9LrLFNIXA==
Document Description	User Guide
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	452.36kB (5654556 bits)
Date Submitted	2013-05-06 00:00:00
Date Available	2013-11-05 00:00:00
Creation Date	2013-02-22 11:56:17
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2013-05-06 20:43:09
Document Title	User Guide
Document Creator	PScript5.dll Version 5.2

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
’
13.5
Introduction
● "Instruction Manual" (PDF file)
Operations and settings of each function are
explained. It can be downloaded from NTT DOCOMO
website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/
trouble/manual/download/index.html
Thank you for your purchase of "SO-04E".
For proper use of the SO-04E, read this manual
carefully before and while you use the SO-04E.
* You can download the latest information of "ク
イックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide)" (in
Japanese only). The URL and contents are
subject to change without prior notice.
About manuals of SO-04E
In addition to this manual, the operations of SO-04E
are described in " クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start
Guide)" (in Japanese only) and "Instruction Manual"
application of the terminal (in Japanese only).
● " クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide)"
(Supplied accessories)
The initial operations and settings after purchasing
the terminal, screen view contents and operations of
main function are explained. (In Japanese only)
● "Instruction Manual" (Application of the terminal)
Similarly to this manual, operations and settings of
each function are explained. To use "Instruction
Manual" application, from the Home screen, tap
and [Instruction Manual]. When using for the first
time, download and install the application according
to the onscreen instructions. You can use the
application as an electronic book. You can also shift to
actual operations by tapping the description in the
contents or view reference contents.
❖Note
･
For downloading or updating the application, a high
packet communication charge will be applied
because of a large amount data communication. For
this reason, subscription of packet flat-rate service is
highly recommended.
❖Note
Reproduction or reprint of all or part of this manual
without prior permission is prohibited.
･ Important information for SO-04E is posted in the
following website. Be sure to check before using.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/use_support/
product/so-04e/(In Japanese only)
･
Operation descriptions
In this manual, each key operation is described with
P, x, y, r, m. And selection
operations of the icons or function items on the
touch screen are described as follows.
Description
From the Home
screen, tap
and
tap
[Settings]u[About
phone].
Touch and hold an
icon.
Operation
From the Home screen, tap
(Applications button), and then
tap "Settings" on the next screen
and "About phone" on the
following screen in order.
Keep touching an icon longer (12 seconds).
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
In this manual, the instructions are described with
the default Home screen. If you set the other
application to the home screen, the operations may
differ from the descriptions.
Display examples and illustrations used in this
manual are just images for explanations and may be
different from actual ones.
In this manual, the easier procedure is described for
the functions and settings which have multiple
operating procedures.
Please note that "SO-04E" is called "the terminal" in
this manual.
In this manual, explanations for "docomo" as Home
application are provided. To switch the Home
applications, see "Learning Home screen" (P.74).
Supplied accessories
･
･
Desktop Holder SO15 (with warranty)
･
1Seg antenna cable SO01
･
microSD card (2GB) (Sample)*
SO-04E (with warranty)
(Inserted in the terminal when purchased.)
･ クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide) (In
Japanese only)
･
Stereo Headset with Microphone
(Sample)*
* with manual
･
SO-04E のご利用にあたっての注意事項
安全上／取り扱い上のご注意
(Notes on usage Safety/Handling
precautions) (In Japanese only)
For details on optional devices, see "Optional
and related devices" (P.250).
Contents
■ Supplied accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
■ About using the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
■ Safety Precautions (Always follow these
directions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
17
23
■ Handling precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
■ Water resistant/Dust resistant. . . . . . .
Before Using the Terminal . . . 29
Part names and functions................................................29
docomo mini UIM card .....................................................30
microSD card ...........................................................................32
Battery pack..............................................................................34
Charging.....................................................................................35
Turning power on/off.........................................................40
Initial settings...........................................................................42
Status bar ...................................................................................42
Notification panel .................................................................45
Notification LED .....................................................................46
Basic operations.....................................................................47
Searching information in the terminal and web
pages ............................................................................................50
Character entry.......................................................................51
Setting character entry......................................................65
Setting Xperia™ Japanese keyboard........................65
USB keyboard/Bluetooth keyboard...........................72
docomo Palette UI. . . . . . . . . . . 74
Home screen............................................................................74
Application screen................................................................80
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Making/Receiving a call ....................................................90
Operations during a call ................................................... 94
Call history................................................................................. 95
Call settings .............................................................................. 97
Phonebook ............................................................................... 99
Mail/Web browser . . . . . . . . . .110
sp-mode mail ....................................................................... 110
Message (SMS)..................................................................... 110
Email........................................................................................... 113
Gmail.......................................................................................... 120
Google Talk............................................................................ 121
Early Warning "Area Mail".............................................. 121
Web browser ........................................................................ 123
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Viewing the setting menu............................................ 128
Wireless & networks ......................................................... 128
Device ....................................................................................... 140
PERSONAL .............................................................................. 148
Account.................................................................................... 156
SYSTEM..................................................................................... 160
File management . . . . . . . . . . .164
Using infrared communication................................. 164
Using Bluetooth function ............................................. 167
External device connection......................................... 171
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
dmenu ...................................................................................... 178
dmarket.................................................................................... 178
Play Store ................................................................................ 179
Osaifu-Keitai .......................................................................... 180
Contents/Precautions
1Seg............................................................................................ 187
FM radio................................................................................... 195
Camera...................................................................................... 196
Playing multimedia content........................................ 217
Album........................................................................................ 219
YouTube................................................................................... 222
Connecting the terminal to TV to watch photos
and videos .............................................................................. 223
Media Player.......................................................................... 224
Location services................................................................ 227
Calendar................................................................................... 232
Alarm & clock........................................................................ 235
ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup).................. 238
OfficeSuite .............................................................................. 240
Index .......................................................................................... 274
International roaming . . . . . . 241
Overview of International roaming (WORLD
WING)......................................................................................... 241
Available Services............................................................... 241
Before using........................................................................... 242
Making/Receiving calls in the country you stay
....................................................................................................... 245
International roaming settings.................................. 247
Appendix/Index. . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Optional and related devices ..................................... 250
Troubleshooting................................................................. 250
Smartphone Anshin Remote Support ................. 257
Warranty and After Sales Services............................ 258
Updating software............................................................. 261
Main specification.............................................................. 264
Certificate and compliance.......................................... 268
End User Licence Agreement..................................... 268
About Open Source Software.................................... 269
Export Controls and Regulations.............................. 270
Intellectual Property Right............................................ 270
SIM unlock .............................................................................. 273
Contents/Precautions
Contents/Precautions
About using the terminal
The terminal supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/
GPRS and Wireless LAN Systems.
･ Because a terminal operates using radio
frequencies, it cannot be used inside a tunnel,
underground, in a building or other locations
where radio waves do not reach the terminal,
in locations with weak radio wave condition,
or out of Xi/FOMA service area. The services
may not be available on high upper floors of
high-rise apartments or buildings, even if you
can see no obstructions around you. On
occasion, your calls may become
disconnected even in areas with strong radio
wave condition, even if you are not moving, or
even if there are 4-antenna marks in the
terminal's display.
･ Because your terminal uses radio waves to
communicate, it is possible that a third party
may attempt to tap your calls. However, the
LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS system
automatically scrambles all calls through a
private call feature. Therefore, even if third
party successfully intercepts your call, they
will only hear noise.
･ The terminal operates on radio frequencies by
converting voice into digital signals. If the
caller moves into an area of adverse radio
wave condition, the digital signal may not be
restored accurately, and the voice received in
･
the call may differ slightly from the actual
voice.
･ Note down the information saved in the
terminal in a separate note and keep it safely.
Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for any loss of saved contents of
data resulting from malfunction, repair,
changing of the model or other handling of
the terminal.
･ You are recommended to save important
data to microSD card.
･ As with PCs, some user-installed applications
may disrupt the stability of the terminal
performance, or unexpectedly transmit
information via the Internet causing improper
use of your location information as well as
personal information recorded on the
terminal. Therefore, verify the supplier and
operating conditions of the applications to be
used before using them.
･ This terminal has Xi Area, FOMA Plus-Area and
FOMA HIGH-SPEED Area support.
･ The terminal does not support i-mode sites
(programs) or i-αppli.
Contents/Precautions
The terminal automatically performs
communication for synchronizing data,
checking the latest software version, maintain
connection with the server, etc. If you
transmit a large amount of data such as
downloading applications or watching
movie, a packet communication charge
becomes high. Subscription of packet flatrate service is highly recommended.
･ Depending on the applications or service you
use, packet communication fees may be
charged even in Wi-Fi communication.
･ Public mode (Driving mode) is not supported.
･ Setting the terminal to Silent mode does not
mute sounds for shutter, playback of video or
music, alarm, dial pad touch tones during a
call, sound emitted when tapping [End call],
etc.
･ The names of the operators are displayed on
unlock screen (P.41).
･ To check your phone number (own number),
from the Home screen, tap and tap
[Settings]u[About phone]u[Status] to see
"My phone number".
･ To check the software version, from the Home
screen, tap and tap [Settings]u[About
phone].
･
You can perform software update by
downloading an update file with a PC via
Internet and connecting the PC to the
terminal. For details, see "Connecting to a PC
and updating" (P.263).
･ By some software updates, the operating
system (OS) may be version-upgraded for
improving the terminal quality. For this
reason, you always need to use the latest OS
version. And some applications that used in
the previous OS version may not be available
or some unintended bugs may occur.
･ You can use the terminal only with docomo
mini UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA
card, bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.
If you use a docomo mini UIM card (red), you
cannot use some Osaifu-Keitai compatible
services such as international use. Bring it to a
docomo Shop to replace in February, 2013
(scheduled) or later.
･ Set the screen lock to ensure the security of
your terminal for its loss. For details, see
"Screen lock" (P.152).
･
Contents/Precautions
If your terminal is lost, change your each
Notice:
account password to invalidate
Pursuant to the Japanese Radio Law ( 電波法 )
and the Japanese Telecommunications
authentication using a PC to prevent other
Business Law ( 電気通信事業法 ), this device has
persons from using Google services such as
been granted a designation number
Google Talk, Gmail, Google Play, etc.,
according to the
Facebook, Twitter and mixi.
“Ordinance concerning the Technical
･ For services provided by Google, refer to
Regulations Conformity Certification etc. of
Google Terms of Service. For other web
Specified Radio Equipment ( 特定無線設備の技
services, refer to each terms of service.
術基準適合証明等に関する規則 )”
･ Google application and service contents are
R-(W-CDMA)/Article 2-1-11-3,
subject to change without prior notice.
R-(W-CDMA)/Article 2-1-11-7,
･ The terminal supports only sp-mode, mopera IEEE802.11bgn (2.4GHz)/Article 2-1-19,
U and Business mopera Internet. Other
IEEE802.11an (5GHz)/Article 2-1-19-3,
providers are not supported.
IEEE802.11an (5GHz)/Article 2-1-19-3-2,
･ To use tethering, subscription of sp-mode is
LTE/Article 2-1-11-19,
required.
BT/Article 2-1-19:
･ Packet communication charge when using
R:202-SMB005
tethering varies depending on the charging
and “Ordinance Concerning Technical
plan you use. Subscription of packet flat-rate Conditions Compliance Approval etc. of
service is highly recommended.
Terminal Equipment ( 端末機器の技術基準適合
認定等に関する規則 )”
･ For details on usage charge, etc., refer to the
T: AD 13-0001 202
following website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
･
Contents/Precautions
Safety Precautions (Always
follow these directions)
■
Indicates prohibited actions.
For safe and proper use of the terminal, please
read the "Safety Precautions" prior to use.
Keep the Manual in a safe place for future
reference.
■ ALWAYS observe the safety precautions since
they intend to prevent personal injury or
property damage.
■ The following symbols indicate the different
levels of injury or damage that may result if
the guidelines are not observed and the
terminal is used improperly.
■
DANGER
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
immediately
result in death
or serious
injury.
WARNING
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
result in death
or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
result in injury
and property
damage.
The following symbols indicate specific
directions.
Don’t
Indicates not to disassemble.
No disassembly
No liquids
No wet hands
Do
Unplug
■
Indicates not to use where it could
get wet.
Indicates not to handle with wet
hands.
Indicates compulsory actions in
accordance with instructions.
Indicates to remove the power plug
from the outlet.
"Safety Precautions" are described in the
following categories:
1. Handling the terminal, adapter, desktop holder,
docomo mini UIM card, 1Seg antenna cable
(common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
2. Handling the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3. Handling adapter or desktop holder . . . . . . . . 13
4. Handling the docomo mini UIM card. . . . . . . . 14
5. Handling the terminal near electronic medical
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6. Material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Contents/Precautions
1. Handling the terminal, adapter,
desktop holder, docomo mini UIM
card, 1Seg antenna cable
(common)
WARNING
Don’t
DANGER
Don’t
Don’t
No disassembly
No liquids
Do
Do not use, store or leave the equipment in
hot places (e.g. by the fire, near a heater,
under a kotatsu, in direct sunlight, in a car in
the hot sun). (including the event that you
ware the equipment in the pocket of your
clothes, etc.)
Doing so may cause fire, burns or injury.
Do not place equipment inside cooking
appliance such as a microwave oven or highpressure containers.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Do not disassemble or modify the
equipment.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not let the equipment get wet with
water, drinking water, urine of pet animals,
etc.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
For water resistant, see → P.23. "Water
resistant/Dust resistant"
Use an adapter specified by NTT DOCOMO
for your terminal.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do
Do not subject the equipment to excessive
force or throw it.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not allow the contacts for the desktop
holder, the microUSB jack or headset jack to
touch conducting foreign substances (a
piece of metal, pencil lead, etc.). Never allow
these objects to get inside.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not cover or wrap the equipment with a
cloth or bedding in use or while charging.
Doing so may cause fire or burns.
Power off the terminal before you step into a
place where flammable gas can leak, such as
gas stations. Stop charging if you charge the
battery.
Gas may catch fire.
When using Osaifu-Keitai in a place such as a
gas station, turn OFF the terminal before using
it.
(When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is activated,
deactivate it before turning OFF the terminal.)
If you notice anything unusual about the
equipment such as an unusual odor,
overheating, discoloration or deformation
during operation, charging or storage,
immediately perform the following
measures.
・Remove the power plug from the power
outlet or cigarette lighter.
・Power off the terminal.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Contents/Precautions
CAUTION
Don’t
Do not place on an unstable or inclined
platform.
Doing so may cause the device to fall and
cause injury.
Don’t
Do not keep in a place that is very humid,
dusty, or subject to high temperature.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do
If children use the terminal, parents or
guardians should give them the proper
instructions for use. Make sure that they use
the terminal as instructed.
Failure to do so may cause injury.
Do
Keep the equipment out of the reach of
babies and infants.
Failure to do so may cause accidental
swallowing or injury.
Do
Be careful especially when using the
terminal connected to the adapter
continuously for a long time.
If you play a game, watch 1Seg, etc. for a long
time while charging, the temperature of the
terminal and adapter may rise.
If you are directly in contact with hot parts for
a long period of time, it may cause your skin to
become red, itchy, or develop a rash
depending on your physical condition and
also it may cause low-temperature burn.
2. Handling the terminal
■
DANGER
Don’t
Do not throw the terminal into fire.
Doing so may cause internal battery to ignite,
burst, heat or leak.
Don’t
Do not stick a nail into the terminal, hit it
with a hammer, or step on it.
Doing so may cause internal battery to ignite,
burst, heat or leak.
Do
If the internal battery fluid etc. contacts eyes,
immediately flush the eyes with clean water
and see a doctor right away. Do not rub the
eyes.
Failure to do so may cause blindness.
WARNING
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Do not direct the infrared data port toward
your eye and transmit signals.
Doing so may cause harmful effect your eyes.
Do not direct the infrared data port toward
home electric appliances etc. equipped with
infrared device when using infrared
communication.
Doing so may cause an accident because of
erroneous operation of infrared device.
Do not turn on the light with the lighting
luminescence part close to the eyes.
Especially to shoot infants or young
children, step away from them 1 m or more.
Doing so may cause blurred vision. Or injury
by dazzling eyes or surprising may occur.
The type of the internal battery is as follows:
Display
Li-ion 00
Type of Battery
Lithium Ion Battery
Contents/Precautions
10
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Do not allow a foreign substance such as
water and other liquids, metal parts, or
flammables to get in the docomo mini UIM
card or microSD card slot on the terminal.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do
Do not turn on the light toward a driver of a
car etc.
Doing so may disturb driving and cause an
accident.
Power off the terminal in a place where the
use is prohibited such as in airplane or
hospital.
Failure to do so may affect electronic
equipment and electronic medical
equipment.
Follow the instructions of each medical facility
for the use of mobile phones on their
premises.
Prohibited acts such as mobile phone usage
on board an airplane may be punished by law.
If usage of mobile phones in an aircraft is
admitted by setting airplane mode, etc., use
the terminal under the direction of the airline.
If the microUSB cable is connected into the
microUSB jack for charging etc. with the
terminal powered off, the terminal is
automatically powered on although the
operations are not available. Be careful not to
connect the microUSB cable in a place where
the use is prohibited such as in an airplane or
hospital.
Do
Do
Do
Always keep the terminal away from your
ear when you talk setting the hands-free
function.
Also, when you play game, play back music,
etc. connecting the Earphone/Microphone,
etc. to the terminal, adjust the volume
adequately.
If the volume is too loud, it may cause
difficulty in hearing.
Moreover, if you barely hear the surrounding
sounds, it may cause an accident.
If you have a weak heart, set the vibrator or
ringtone volume carefully.
Failure to do so may affect your heart.
If you are wearing any electronic medical
equipment, check with the relevant medical
electronic equipment manufacturer or
vendor whether the operation may be
affected by radio waves.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
electronic medical equipment.
Power off the terminal near electronic
devices or equipment operating on high
precision control or weak signals.
Failure to do so may interfere with the
operation of electronic devices or equipment.
* The followings are some electronic devices
or equipment that you should be careful of:
Hearing aids, implantable cardiac
pacemaker, implantable cardioverter
defibrillator, other electronic medical
equipment, fire detector, automatic door,
and other automatically controlled devices
or equipment.
Contents/Precautions
11
If you use an implantable cardiac
pacemaker, implantable cardioverter
defibrillator, or other electronic medical
equipment, check with the relevant medical
electronic equipment manufacturer or
vendor whether the operation can be
affected by radio waves.
Do
Do
Be careful about broken glasses or exposed
internal from the terminal if the display or
the camera lens is broken.
Shatterproof film-applied hardened glass is
used on the display surface and the acrylic
resin is applied on camera lens so as not to be
shattered when broken. But they may cause
injury if you touch a cut surface or exposed
portion mistakenly.
If the internal battery leaks or gives off a
strange smell, immediately remove it from
the vicinity of open flames.
The leaking liquid may ignite fire, catch fire, or
explode.
Don’t
Don’t
Do
CAUTION
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Do not swing the terminal around by
holding a strap etc.
The terminal may hit you or others and cause
accident such as injury.
Do not use damaged terminal.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
When using the motion sensor, check the
safety around you, hold the terminal firmly,
and do not shake it unnecessarily.
May cause accident such as injuries.
Do
Do
If the display is mistakenly damaged and
when the liquid crystal runs out, do not get
it on your skin such as face, hands, etc.
Doing so may cause blindness or injury on
your skin.
If the liquid crystal gets in your eye or mouth,
rinse with clean running water, and get
medical treatment immediately.
Also, if it gets on your skin or clothes, use
something such as alcohol to wipe off and
wash it with soap in clear water.
Do not discard the battery together with
other garbage.
Doing so may cause igniting or environmental
destruction. Bring an old terminal into a sales
outlet such as docomo Shop or if your local
municipality has a battery recycling program,
dispose of it as provided for.
To use the terminal in car, check with
automobile manufacturer or dealer to
determine how the device is affected by
radio waves before using.
In rare cases, using the phone in some vehicle
models can cause the vehicle's electronic
equipment to malfunction. In that case, stop
using the terminal immediately.
The use of the terminal may cause itching,
rashes, eczema, or other symptoms
depending on the user's physical condition.
Immediately stop using and get medical
treatment in such a case.
For material of each part → P.15 "Material list"
When watching the display, take a certain
distance from the display in a fully bright
place.
Failure to do so may reduce visual acuity.
Contents/Precautions
12
Do
If fluid etc. leaks out from the internal
battery, do not make the fluid contact with
your skin of face or hands.
Doing so may cause blindness or injury on
your skin.
If the fluid etc. gets into your eyes or mouth, or
contacts skin or clothes, immediately flush the
contacted area with clean running water.
If the fluid gets into the eyes or mouth,
immediately see a doctor after flushing.
Don’t
Don’t
Do not place heavy objects on the adapter
cord.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Don’t
When you insert and remove the AC adapter
from power outlet, do not contact a metal
strap or other metal objects with the jack.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
3. Handling adapter or desktop
holder
WARNING
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Do not use the adapter cord if it gets
damaged.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder
in a very humid place such as bathroom.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
DC adapter is only for a negative ground
vehicle. Do not use DC adapter for a positive
ground vehicle.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not touch the adapter if you hear
thunder.
Doing so may cause electric shock.
Do not short-circuit the charging jack while
it is connected to the power outlet or
cigarette lighter socket. Do not touch the
charging jack with your hands, fingers, or
any part of your body.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
No wet hands
Do
Do not touch the adapter cord, desktop
holder or outlet with wet hands.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Use the adapter only on the specified power
supply and voltage.
When charging the terminal overseas, use
AC adapter for global use.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
AC adapter : AC 100 V
DC adapter : DC 12 V or 24 V (only for a
negative-ground vehicle)
AC adapter for global use : AC 100 V to 240 V
(Make sure to connect the adapter to a
household AC power outlet.)
Contents/Precautions
13
Do
Do
Do
Do
When the fuse in a DC adapter is blown,
make sure to use the specified fuse.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock. For the specified fuse, see the
users manuals that supplied with a DC
adapter.
Clean dust from the power plug.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
When you connect the AC adapter to the
power outlet, insert it firmly.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
When you disconnect the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket, do not
pull the adapter cord with excessive force.
Instead, hold the adapter to disconnect.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Unplug
Always remove the power plug from the
outlet or cigarette lighter when not using
the adapter for an extended period.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Unplug
Immediately remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket if water
or other fluids get into the adapter.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Unplug
Before cleaning, remove the power plug
from the power outlet or the cigarette
lighter socket.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
4. Handling the docomo mini UIM
card
CAUTION
Do
Be careful of the cut surface when removing
docomo mini UIM card.
Failure to do so may cause injury.
5. Handling the terminal near
electronic medical equipment
■
The following instructions observe the
guidelines of the Electromagnetic
Compatibility Conference, Japan to protect
electronic medical equipment from radio
waves from mobile phones.
WARNING
Do
Please observe the following guidelines in
medical facilities.
・Do not take the terminal into the operating
rooms, ICU (Intensive Care Unit), or CCU
(Coronary Care Unit).
・Power off the terminal inside hospital wards.
・Power off the terminal in the lobby and
other places if there are any electronic
medical equipment operating in the vicinity.
・Follow the instructions of each medical
facility when they specify areas forbidding to
use and carrying a mobile phone.
Contents/Precautions
14
Do
Do
Do
Power off the terminal in crowded places
such as rush-hour trains. There may be a
person with an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or implantable cardioverter
defibrillator near you.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
the operation of implantable cardiac
pacemaker or implantable cardioverter
defibrillator.
If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker
or implantable cardioverter defibrillator,
keep the terminal 22 cm or more away from
the implant at all times.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
the performance of electronic medical
equipment.
If you need to use electronic medical
equipment other than implantable cardiac
pacemaker or implantable cardioverter
defibrillator outside medical facilities such
as treating at home, check with the relevant
medical electronic equipment manufacturer
whether the operation may be affected by
radio waves.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
the performance of electronic medical
equipment.
6. Material list
Part
Exterior case : White,
Purple (case : main)
Exterior case : Black
(case : main)
Exterior case
(microUSB jack
cover)
Exterior case
(headset jack cover)
Exterior case
(microSD card slot
cover)
Exterior case
(docomo mini UIM
card slot cover)
Exterior case
(earpiece)
Exterior case
(microphone)
Exterior case : White,
Purple (speaker)
Exterior case : Black
(speaker)
Exterior case (side
panel)
Transparent plate
(camera)
Transparent plate
(display)
Material
Surface
treatment
UV coating
Nylon resin
(with glass)
Nylon resin
(with glass)
PC resin
Hard coating
PC resin
Hard coating
PC resin
Hard coating
PC resin
Hard coating
PC resin
―
PC resin
―
PC resin
UV coating
PC resin
―
PC resin
Hard coating
PC + PMMA
resin
Glass + PET
resin
AR treatment
Urethan coating
Hard coating
Contents/Precautions
15
Part
Transparent plate
(rear)
Decoration ring
(power key cover)
Decoration ring
(camera)
Side keys (power
key, volume key)
Desktop holder
(upper case)
Desktop holder
(lower case)
Desktop holder
(stopper)
Desktop holder
(lever)
Desktop holder
(contacts)
Desktop holder
(label)
Desktop holder
(rubber foot)
Desktop holder
(screws)
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack : upper
surface)
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack : ring)
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack : body)
Material
Surface
treatment
Hard coating
Glass + PET
resin
Aluminum
Anodic oxide
alloy
coating
Stainless steel ―
Aluminum
alloy
ABS resin
Anodic oxide
coating
―
ABS resin
―
POM resin
―
POM resin
―
Part
1Seg antenna cable
(cable)
1Seg antenna cable
(plug : upper
surface)
1Seg antenna cable
(plug : ring)
1Seg antenna cable
(plug : body)
1Seg antenna cable
(plug : metal)
Surface
treatment
Material
Elastomer
resin
PP resin
―
PC resin
―
Elastomer
resin
Brass
―
―
Gold plating
Phosphor
Gold plating
bronze
Polyester resin ―
Polyester resin ―
SWCH
Black chromate
plating
PP resin
―
PC resin
―
Elastomer
resin
―
Contents/Precautions
16
･
Handling precautions
■
If the jack is soiled, connection gets worse and it
may cause power to be turned off or insufficient
battery charge, so clean the jack with a dry
cotton swab etc. When cleaning, be careful not
to damage the terminals.
Common precautions
･
SO-04E is water-resistant/dust-resistant,
however, do not allow water or dust to
seep into the terminal and do not allow
accessories or optional devices to get
wet or dust.
･
･
Make sure to use the terminal etc.
without excessive force.
If you put the terminal in a bag full of items or sit
down with the terminal in the pocket of your
cloth, it may damage the display, internal circuit
board, etc. and cause malfunction.
If doing so while the external device is connected
to the microUSB jack or headset jack, it may
damage the connector and cause malfunction.
Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth
(such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).
- Do not rub it roughly with a dry cloth. The
display may be damaged.
- Drops of water or dirt left on the display may
cause stains.
- Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzine, cleaning
detergent, etc. to clean the terminal. These
chemicals may erase the printing on the
terminal or cause discoloration.
Do not leave the terminal near the air
conditioning vent.
Extreme temperature changes may produce
condensation and corrode the internal parts of
the terminal, causing it to malfunction.
The adapter, desktop holder, docomo mini UIM
card and 1Seg antenna cable are not waterresistant/dust-resistant. Do not use in a
bathroom or other highly humid area or do not
let rain touch. Or putting them on your body,
humidity of sweat may cause internal corrosion
and malfunction. Note that malfunctions which
are determined to be caused by water as result of
inspections are outside the scope of the
warranty. Since these conditions are outside of
the scope of the warranty, a repair, if at all
possible, is charged.
･
Clean the terminals occasionally with a
dry cotton swab.
･
Do not rub or scratch the display with
metal.
The display may get scratched and it may cause
malfunction or damage.
･
■
Read the users manuals supplied with
optional devices.
The terminal precautions
･
Do not press touch screen surface
forcibly, or not operate with a sharppointed objects such as nail, ballpoint
pen, pin, etc.
Doing so may cause damage of touch screen.
Contents/Precautions
17
･
Do not use the terminal in extremely hot
or cold places.
･
Use the terminal where the temperature ranges
between 5 ℃ and 40 ℃ (limited to the temporary
use for 36 ℃ or more) and humidity ranges
between 45% and 85%.
Using the terminal near ordinary phone,
television or radio may cause
interference in these electric appliances.
Make sure to move far away from them
when using the terminal.
･ Note down the information saved in the
terminal in a separate note and keep it
safely.
･
Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable
for any damaged or lost data saved in the
terminal.
･
Do not drop or give a strong impact to
the terminal.
Failure to do so may get dust or water inside and
cause malfunction.
･
･
Do not bring strong magnetic objects
close to the terminal.
Strong magnetic objects may cause
misoperation.
･
The internal battery is a consumable
accessory.
Replace the internal battery if the terminal has
extremely short operation time on a full charge, it
may vary by operating conditions, though. For
replacement of the internal battery, contact
"General Inquiries" on the last page or a sales
outlet such as a DOCOMO-specified repair office.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
The terminal could become warm while
in use and charging. This condition is
not abnormal. You can continue using
the terminal.
･ Do not leave the camera under direct
sunlight.
Do not let magnetic cards, etc. close to
the terminal.
The magnetic data in cash cards, credit cards,
telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be erased.
Do not insert the plug of the external
device into the microUSB jack or
headset jack at the slant or pull it
obliquely while connecting.
･
Do not remove the microSD card or
power off the terminal while using the
microSD card.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
･
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
･
Usually, use the terminal with microUSB
jack cover, headset jack cover, docomo
mini UIM card slot cover, and microSD
card slot cover closed.
･
Charge the battery in an environment
with the proper ambient temperature (5
℃ to 35 ℃ ).
If you do so, some of the elements may melt or
become faded.
Contents/Precautions
18
The operating time of the internal
battery varies depending on the
operating environment and the
degradation level of the internal
battery.
･ Be careful especially about the
following points when preserving the
terminal.
When you use the power outlet with a
mechanism to prevent the plug from
being removed, follow the instructions
on the outlet's user's manual.
･ Do not subject the equipment to a
strong impact. Do not deform the
charging jack.
･
- The battery is fully charged (immediately after
the charging is complete)
- The battery has run out (the phone cannot
power on)
The performance and life of the internal battery
may deteriorate.
It is recommended that you store the internal
battery with the remaining battery level of about
40% as a guide.
■
The adapter precautions
Charge the battery in an environment
with the proper ambient temperature (5
℃ to 35 ℃ ).
･ Do not charge in the following places.
･
- Places that are very humid, dusty or exposed to
strong vibrations
- Near ordinary phone or TV/radio
The adapter cable could become warm
while charging. This condition is not
abnormal. You can continue using the
terminal.
･ When using the DC adapter for
charging, do not turn off the vehicle
engine.
･
Doing so may cause malfunction.
■
docomo mini UIM card
Do not use unnecessary force to insert/
remove the docomo mini UIM card.
･ Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for malfunctions
occurring as the result of inserting and
using docomo mini UIM card with
another IC card reader/writer.
･ Always keep the IC portion clean when
you use the card.
･ Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth
(such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).
･ Note down the information saved in the
docomo mini UIM card in a separate
note and keep it safely.
･
Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable
for any damaged or lost data saved in the
terminal.
･
･
Take an expended docomo mini UIM
card to sales outlet such as docomo
Shop for proper disposal in order to
protect the environment.
Doing so may cause the vehicle battery run out.
Contents/Precautions
19
･
Do not carelessly damage, contact, or
short-circuit an IC.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
･
Do not drop a docomo mini UIM card or
subject it to impact.
･
Frequency band
The frequency band used by the terminal's
Bluetooth/wireless LAN function is written as
follows:
Doing so may cause malfunction.
･
Do not bend a docomo mini UIM card or
place a heavy object on it.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
･
Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card
on which any label or seal is stuck into
the terminal.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
■
Bluetooth function precautions
To secure the Bluetooth communication
security, the terminal supports the
security function compliant with
Bluetooth standards, but the security
may not be sufficient depending on the
setting. Concern about the
communication using the Bluetooth
function.
･ Please be aware that DOCOMO is not
responsible for data leak when making
data communications using Bluetooth.
･
2.4 : This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz
band.
FH/XX/DS/OF： Modulation scheme is the
FH-SS, other system, DS-SS,
or OFDM system.
1 : The estimated interference distance is 10
m or less.
4 : The estimated interference distance is 40
m or less.
8 : The estimated interference distance is 80
m or less.
: The full band between 2400 MHz
and 2483.5 MHz is used and the
band of the mobile identification
device can be avoided.
Available channels vary depending on the
country.
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
beforehand.
Contents/Precautions
20
･
Bluetooth cautions
The operating frequency band of the terminal is
used by industrial, scientific, consumer and
medical equipment including microwave ovens,
premises radio stations for identifying mobile
units used in the manufacturing lines of plants
(radio stations requiring a license), specified low
power radio stations (radio stations requiring no
license) and amateur radio stations (hereinafter
referred to as "another station").
- Before using this equipment, confirm that
"another station" is not being operated nearby.
- In the event of the terminal causing harmful
radio wave interference with "another station",
promptly change the operating frequency or
stop radio wave emission by turning off the
power, etc.
- If you have further questions, contact "General
Inquiries" on the last page.
■
Wireless LAN (WLAN) precautions
･
Wireless LAN (WLAN) exchanges
information using radio waves, and
allows you to freely establish LAN
connection if you are within an area
where radio wave reaches. On the other
side, if you communicate without
appropriate security settings,
communications may be intercepted or
hacked by malicious parties. It is
recommended to make necessary
security settings on your responsibility
and expense.
･
Wireless LAN
Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic devices
such as electrical appliances or AV/OA devices, or
in radio waves.
- Magnetism or radio waves may increase noises
or disable communications (especially when
using a microwave oven).
- When used near TV, radio, etc., reception
interference may occur, or channels on the TV
screen may be disturbed.
- If there are multiple wireless LAN access points
nearby and the same channel is used, search
may not work correctly.
･
2.4GHz device cautions
The operating frequency band of the WLAN
device is used by industrial, scientific, consumer
and medical equipment including home electric
appliances such as microwave ovens, premises
radio stations for identifying mobile units used in
the manufacturing lines of plants (radio stations
requiring a license), specified low power radio
stations (radio stations requiring no license) and
amateur radio stations (radio stations requiring a
license).
- Before using the device, confirm that premises
radio stations for identifying mobile units,
specified low power radio stations and amateur
radio stations are not being operated nearby.
- If the device causes harmful radio interference
to premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units, immediately change the
frequency band or stop use, and contact
"General Inquiries" on the last page for crosstalk
avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition setup).
- If the device causes radio interference to
specified low power radio stations or amateur
Contents/Precautions
21
radio stations, contact "General Inquiries" on
the last page.
･
■
5GHz device cautions
FeliCa reader/writer function of the
terminal uses weak waves requiring no
licenses for radio stations.
･ It uses 13.56 MHz frequency band.
When using other reader/writers in your
surroundings, keep the terminal away
sufficiently from them. Before using the
FeliCa reader/writer, confirm that there
are no radio stations using the same
frequency band nearby.
･
The following channel numbers and frequency
bands are available in Japan.
Channel number (Ch)
5.2GHz
band
5.3GHz
band
5.6GHz
band
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
128
132
136
140
Frequency
band (MHz)
5,180
5,200
5,220
5,240
5,260
5,280
5,300
5,320
5,500
5,520
5,540
5,560
5,580
5,600
5,620
5,640
5,660
5,680
5,700
5GHz wireless LAN device is prohibited to use
outdoor by Law.
FeliCa reader/writer function
precautions
■
Note
･
Do not use altered terminal. Using an
altered device is a violation of the Radio
Law.
A "Technical Conformity Mark " shown on the
terminal certifies that the terminal meets
technical regulations for specified radio
equipment that are based on the Radio Law. The
mark can be checked by the following step.
From the Home screen, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[About phone]u[Legal
information]u[Certificates].
If you remove the screws and alter the inside of
the terminal, the technical regulations
conformity certification becomes invalid.
Do not use the terminal with the certification
invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law.
Contents/Precautions
22
･
Be careful when using the terminal
while driving.
Using a handheld mobile phone while driving
will result in a penalty.
However, absolutely necessary cases such as
rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's
safety are exempted.
･
Use the FeliCa reader/writer function
only in Japan.
FeliCa reader/writer function of the terminal
conforms to Japanese radio standards. If you use
this function overseas, you may be punished.
･
Do not alter the basic software illegally.
It is regarded as the software modification and
Repairs may be refused.
Water resistant/Dust
resistant
SO-04E provides water resistant property of
IPX5*1, IPX7*2 and dust resistant property of
IP5X*3 with microUSB jack cover, headset jack
cover, docomo mini UIM card slot cover, and
microSD card slot cover firmly attached.
*1 IPX5 means that a phone keeps functioning
after applying a jet flow of 12.5 L/min. from
every direction from a distance of
approximately 3 m for at least 3 minutes
using water nozzle in 6.3 mm inner
diameter.
*2 IPX7 means that a phone keeps functioning
after SO-04E is slowly submerged to depth
of 1 m in static tap water at room
temperature, left there for 30 minutes and
then taken out.
*3 IPX5 means a degree of protection that a
phone keeps functioning and can be used
safely after left for 8 hours in equipment
with dust particles in diameter of 75 μm or
less that are stirred.
Contents/Precautions
23
What you can do with water
resistant/dust resistant of SO04E
You can talk without an umbrella in the rain
(for rainfall of 20 mm or less per hour).
- Do not open or close microUSB jack cover,
headset jack cover, docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, and microSD card slot cover
when your hands are wet or waterdrops are
attached to the terminal.
･ You can wash the terminal when it gets dirt or
stained with liquid other than tap water.
- Wash the terminal with tap water at normal
temperature (5 ℃ -35℃ ) by weaker water
flow (less than 6 L/min.) at distance of
approximately 10 cm away from the tap or
shower.
- When washing the terminal, hold the
microUSB jack cover, headset jack cover,
docomo mini UIM card slot cover, and
microSD card slot cover so as not to open,
and wash the terminal with your hands, not
using brush or sponge. After washing, drain
the terminal before use (P.27).
･ You can use at a poolside. Do not throw water
from the pool on the terminal, or soak it in
pool water.
･
To ensure water resistant/dust
resistant
To avoid water ingress, be sure to observe the
following points.
･ Do not throw any liquid other than room
temperature tap water on the terminal, or
soak it in such liquid.
･ Firmly close the microUSB jack cover, headset
jack cover, docomo mini UIM card slot cover,
and microSD card slot cover. Even a fine
obstacle (one hair, one grain of sand, tiny fiber,
etc.) put between contact surfaces may allow
water to enter.
･ Do not poke the microphone, earpiece,
speaker, second microphone or strap hole
with a sharp object.
･ Do not let the terminal fall. It may become
scratched causing the water-resistant/dustresistant performance to degrade.
･ The rubber gaskets of the inner side of the
microUSB jack cover, headset jack cover,
docomo mini UIM card slot cover, and
microSD card slot cover play important roles
for keeping water-resistant/dust-resistant
performance. Do not remove or damage
them. Also, prevent dust from adhering to
them.
Contents/Precautions
24
■
Opening the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, headset jack cover, microSD
card slot cover, and microUSB jack
cover
Open the covers with your fingertip by the
grooves.
■
Closing the docomo mini UIM card slot
cover, headset jack cover, microSD
card slot cover, and microUSB jack
cover
Press the covers in the directions of the
arrows and ensure there are no gaps.
It is recommended to replace the parts for
maintaining water-resistant/dust-resistant
property once every two years regardless of
whether any abnormality is present. DOCOMO
replaces the parts as a chargeable service. Bring the
terminal to a sales outlet such as a DOCOMOspecified repair office.
Contents/Precautions
25
Do not perform actions shown in the
illustrations below.

Using Soap/Detergent/ Washing with
brush/sponge
Bath powder
Soaking in
ocean water
Machinewashing
Using in hot
spring
Do not put the terminal in hot water, use it in
a sauna or apply hot airflow (from a hair dryer
etc.) to it.
･ Do not move the terminal in water or slam the
terminal against the surface of water.
･ If you put the terminal in tap water, be sure to
have it within 30 minutes.
･ When you use the terminal in swimming pool,
obey rules of the facility.
･ The terminal does not float on water.
･ Do not leave water on the terminal. In cold
region, the terminal freezes up and may cause
malfunction.
･ Do not leave water on the microphone,
earpiece, speaker, second microphone or
strap hole. Such water may interfere with
talking.
･ If the terminal gets splashed with water or
other liquid while microUSB jack cover,
headset jack cover, docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, or microSD card slot cover is
opened, the liquid may get inside the
terminal causing electric shocks or
malfunction. Stop using the terminal, turn off
the power and contact a DOCOMO-specified
repair office.
･ If some or one of the rubber gaskets of the
inner side of the microUSB jack cover, headset
jack cover, docomo mini UIM card slot cover,
and microSD card slot cover are damaged or
･
Important precautions
Applying strong
water flow
Attaching
sand/mud
Observe the following precautions to use the
terminal properly.
･ Accessories and optional devices are not
water-resistant/dust-resistant.
･ Do not apply water flow stronger than
allowed (water flow of 6L/min. or more : e.g.,
such water flow that gives you pain when
applied to your skin directly from a faucet or
shower). SO-04E provides IPX5 water resistant,
but doing so may cause malfunction.
･ If the terminal gets wet with salt water, sea
water, refreshing beverage or mud or sand
adhered, wash it immediately. If they dry out,
it is hard to remove the dirt and it may cause
damage or malfunction.
Contents/Precautions
26
deformed, have them replaced at DOCOMOspecified repair office.
･ Water resistant is not effective while using the
1Seg antenna cable.
Swing the terminal in about 10 times against dry,
clean cloth etc. to wipe off water remaining in the
microphone, earpiece, speaker, power key, volume
key, contacts for the desktop holder, each cover
(microUSB jack cover/headset jack cover/docomo
mini UIM card slot cover/microSD card slot cover),
etc.
Wipe off water drained from the terminal with dry,
clean cloth etc., and dry naturally.
･ Wipe off water drained from the terminal with
dry, clean cloth etc., and dry naturally.
･ Do not wipe off water remaining in gaps directly
with a cotton swab etc.
･ Let the terminal dry naturally for about 3 hours at
room temperature.
DOCOMO does not guarantee actual operations
under all states. Malfunctions deemed to be caused
by inappropriate operation by the customer are
not covered by the warranty.
Draining water from the
terminal
When the terminal is wet, water may flow out
after wiping it off; drain the water in the
following steps.
Hold the terminal firmly and wipe off moisture on
the terminal surface and back side with dry, clean
cloth etc.
Shake the terminal approximately 20 times, firmly
holding it, until there is no more water splattering.
Contents/Precautions
27
Charging
Check the following before and after
charging.
･ Check if the terminal is not wet. Never charge
the battery when the terminal is wet.
･ Accessories and optional devices are not
water-resistant/dust-resistant.
･ When charging the battery when or after the
terminal is wet, adequately drain it and wipe
off water with a dry, clean cloth etc., before
connecting the supplied desktop holder or
opening the microUSB jack cover.
･ When the microUSB jack cover is opened for
charging, close the cover firmly after charging.
It is recommended to use the desktop holder
for charging to prevent water or dust from
seeping inside through the microUSB jack.
･ Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder
in a bathroom, shower room, kitchen, lavatory
or other highly humid area. Doing so may
cause fire or electric shock.
･ Do not touch the AC adapter or desktop
holder with wet hands. Doing so may cause
electric shock.
Contents/Precautions
28
Part names and functions
bcde
hi
yz
Front camera lens
Earpiece
Light sensor : Use for auto controlling of the screen
brightness.
d Proximity sensor : Turns on or off the touch screen
to prevent misoperation during a call.
e Infrared data port
f Touch screen
g Notification LED
h GPS antenna section*
i Camera lens
j Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna section*
k Flash/Photo light
mark
m NFC/FeliCa antenna section*
n Back cover
o Speaker
FOMA/Xi antenna section*
microUSB jack : Use for charging or connecting MHL
(P.223).
r Contacts for Desktop Holder
s Power key/Screen lock key
t Volume key/Zoom key
u Camera key
v Headset jack
w Mobacas/1Seg antenna
x Microphone
y Strap hole
* The antenna is built into the main body. Covering
around the antenna with your hand may affect the
quality of communications.
❖Note
･
Do not put stickers etc. on each sensors.
Before Using the Terminal
29
docomo mini UIM card
The docomo mini UIM card is an IC card
recorded user information such as your
phone number etc.
･ You can use the terminal with docomo mini
UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA card,
bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.
･ When docomo mini UIM card is not inserted
to the terminal, making calls, packet
communication, etc. are not available.
･ For details on docomo mini UIM card, refer to
the docomo mini UIM card manual.
･ When inserting/removing the docomo mini
UIM card, make sure to power off the terminal
(P.40).
■
Security codes of the docomo mini
UIM card
There is a security code called PIN code in
the docomo mini UIM card. The code is set
to "0000" at subscription, which you can
change by yourself (P.152).
❖Information
Please be careful not to touch or scratch a metal part
(IC) when you handle the docomo mini UIM card.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
･ An orange card is inserted in the tray by default.
Remove the orange card before inserting your
docomo mini UIM card. The orange card prevents
the terminal from being powered on or charged.
･
Before Using the Terminal
30
Inserting docomo mini UIM
card
For opening/closing docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, see "To ensure water resistant/dust
resistant" (P.24, P.25).
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, put your fingertip on
the protrusion of the tray ( ) to
pull the tray straight out, and
remove it from the terminal.
Close the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, firmly press part ( )
and make sure that there are no
gaps between the terminal and
cover.
Fit the docomo mini UIM card with
the IC (metal) part facing up into
the tray ( ), insert the tray to the
terminal, and press it straight into
the terminal all the way.
･
Check the orientation of the corner cut
of the card and direction of the tray
when inserting.
Before Using the Terminal
31
Removing docomo mini UIM
card
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, put your fingertip on
the protrusion of the tray to pull
the tray straight out, and remove it
from the terminal.
Remove the docomo mini UIM card
from the tray ( ), insert the tray to
the terminal, and press it straight
into the terminal all the way.
･
Check the direction of the tray when
inserting.
Close the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, firmly press it and make
sure that there are no gaps
between the terminal and cover
(P.31).
microSD card
You can use microSD card for any other
compatible devices.
･ The terminal supports microSD card of up to
2GB, and microSDHC card of up to 32GB,
microSDXC card of up to 64GB (As of January,
2013).
･ For compatible microSD cards, contact
manufacturers of microSD cards.
･ A microSDXC card can be used only on a
compatible device. Inserting a microSDXC
card into a non-microSDXC-compatible
device may damage or destroy data saved on
the microSDXC card. Do not insert one.
･ If you want to reuse a microSDXC card on
which data is destroyed, format microSDXC
card (all data will be erased) on an SDXCcompatible device.
･ When copying data to/from a non-SDXCcompatible device, use a card (microSDHC
card or microSD card) complying with
standards of device to share data.
Before Using the Terminal
32
Inserting microSD card
For opening/closing microSD card slot cover,
see "To ensure water resistant/dust resistant"
(P.24, P.25).
Close the microSD card slot cover,
firmly press part ( ) and make
sure that there are no gaps
between the terminal and cover.
Open the microSD card slot cover,
check the direction of the microSD
card, and slowly insert it straight
into the slot until it clicks.
･
Insert the microSD card with metal
contacts side up.
microSD card
Holder
Removing microSD card
When removing the microSD card, make sure
to unmount (disable to be read or written)
the card beforehand.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap
[Settings]u[Storage]u[Unmount
SD card]u[OK].
･
If a microSD card is unmounted, " SD
card safe to remove" shown on the
status bar notifies that the microSD
card become unable to be read or
written.
Before Using the Terminal
33
2
Open the microSD card slot cover,
press the microSD card until it
clicks, and slowly pull it out.
･
" Removed SD card" shown on the
status bar notifies that the microSD
card is removed.
Battery pack
･
When attaching/removing the battery pack,
make sure to power off the terminal. Do not
connect the AC adapter.
Attaching battery pack
Close the microSD card slot cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover (P.33).
Insert the tip of your finger into
the groove at the bottom of the
terminal, and lift up the back cover
(P.26).
Check the position of charging
contacts of the battery back, and
align the tabs of the terminal with
those of the battery pack, then
insert it in the direction of the
arrow ( ).
Attach the back cover, then make
sure there are no gaps (P.26).
❖Information
･
If the microSD card is removed without being
unmounted, " SD card unexpectedly removed"
appears on the status bar. In such a case, files may be
damaged or data may be lost.
Before Using the Terminal
34
Removing battery pack
Remove the back cover, and hook
the battery pack with the tip of
finger from the concave on the
terminal, and pick it up in the
direction of the arrow ( ) to
remove.
Charging time
The following is the time for charging an
empty internal battery. Charging under low
temperature requires longer time.
AC Adapter 04 (Optional)
AC Adapter 03 (Optional)
DC Adapter 03 (Optional)
Attach the back cover, then make
sure there are no gaps (P.26).
Charging
The internal battery is not fully charged by
default.
Approx. 160 min. (for
Desktop Holder SO15
combination use :
approx. 150 min.)
Approx. 210 min. (for
Desktop Holder SO15
combination use :
approx. 210 min.)
Approx. 230 min.
Operation time on full charge
(estimate)
The following time varies by the internal
battery condition or operating environment.
For details, see (P.266).
Continuous FOMA/3G
stand-by time
GSM
LTE
Continuous
call time
FOMA/3G
GSM
Approx. 480 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 380 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 420 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 640 min.
Approx. 580 min.
Before Using the Terminal
35
Internal battery life
The internal battery is a consumable
accessory. The usage duration of the battery
per one charge decreases gradually each time
the battery is recharged.
･ When the usage duration per one charge
becomes about half of a new battery, the life
of the internal battery is assumed to be
almost over.
･ Watching 1Seg etc. for a long time while
charging may shorten the lifetime of the
internal battery.
･ To check internal battery performance, from
the Home screen, tap and tap
[Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Battery life].
･
Charging
An orange card is inserted in the tray by
default. Make sure to remove the orange card
before charging. The orange card prevents
the terminal from being charged.
･ It is recommended to use the AC Adapter 04
(optional) for charging.
･ The AC Adapter 04 (optional) is compatible
with AC 100 V to 240 V. For using the terminal
overseas, a plug adapter that fits the electrical
outlets in the country you stay is needed. Do
not use an electrical transformer for overseas
use to charge the terminal.
･
Use a compatible AC adapter or microUSB
cable for charging (P.250). If you use a charger
other than the compatible one, charging may
not be available or operations may not be
performed correctly.
･ Insert and remove the AC adapter cable or
microUSB cable slowly and evenly so that
excessive force is not applied.
･ When you start charging, notification LED on
the terminal turns red/orange/green, and
green light indicates that the battery level has
reached 90 % or more. To check the status of
charging, see the status bar at the top of the
screen or from the Home screen, tap and
tap [Settings]u[About phone]u[Status] to
see "Battery level". When charging is
complete, battery level is displayed as "100%"
at the status bar or "Battery level", and
"Charged." appears on the unlock screen
(P.41).
･ When you start charging with the terminal
powered off, the power turns on. However,
you cannot operate the terminal. Power off
the terminal in a place where the use is
prohibited such as in airplane or hospital for
this reason.
･
Before Using the Terminal
36
Charging with Desktop Holder
When using supplied Desktop Holder SO15
and AC Adapter 04 (optional) for charging, do
the following procedures.
Insert a microUSB plug of the AC
adapter into the charging jack on
the back side of the desktop
holder with the USB symbol (B)
side facing down ( ).
Unfold the power plug of the AC
adapter and insert it into an outlet.
Insert the terminal into the
desktop holder all the way.
･
❖Note
You cannot charge the battery by connecting the
desktop holder to a PC.
･ If you connect the AC adapter to the charging jack of
the desktop holder for charging the terminal with
the power off, the terminal is powered on and
notification LED lights. Operations are not available,
though. Be careful not to connect with the AC
adapter in a place where the use is prohibited such
as in an airplane or hospital.
･ Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
･
Notification LED lights on the terminal.
For the notification LED for charging,
see "Notification LED" (P.46).
When charging is complete,
holding the desktop holder, lift the
terminal up to remove.
Remove the power plug from the
power outlet.
Remove the microUSB plug of the
AC adapter from the desktop
holder.
Before Using the Terminal
37
Charging with AC adapter
When using AC Adapter 04 (optional) for
charging, do the following procedures.
For opening/closing microUSB jack cover, see
"To ensure water resistant/dust resistant"
(P.24, P.25).
Open the microUSB jack cover and
insert the microUSB plug of the AC
adapter straight into the microUSB
jack of the terminal, with the USB
symbol (B) facing up.
Unfold the power plug of the AC
adapter and insert it into an outlet.
･
❖Note
If the AC adapter is connected into the microUSB jack
for charging etc. with the terminal powered off, the
terminal is automatically powered on and
notification LED lights, though operations are not
available. Be careful not to connect with the AC
adapter in a place where the use is prohibited such
as in an airplane or hospital.
･ Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
･
Notification LED lights on the terminal.
For notification LED for charging, see
"Notification LED" (P.46).
When charging is complete,
remove the power plug from the
power outlet.
Remove the microUSB plug of the
AC adapter evenly from the
terminal.
Close the microUSB jack cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover.
Charging with DC adapter
DC Adapter 03 (optional) supplies power
from a car cigarette lighter socket (12 V/24 V).
For details, refer to the DC Adapter 03
(optional) manual.
Before Using the Terminal
38
Charging with a PC
When using Micro USB Cable 01 (optional) for
charging, do the following procedures.
For opening/closing microUSB jack cover, see
"To ensure water resistant/dust resistant"
(P.24, P.25).
Open the microUSB jack cover and
insert the microUSB plug of the
microUSB cable straight into the
microUSB jack of the terminal,
with the USB symbol (
) facing
up.
Insert the USB plug of the
microUSB cable into a USB port of
a PC.
Notification LED lights on the terminal.
For the notification LED for charging,
see "Notification LED" (P.46).
･ When "PC Companion software" screen
appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].
･ When a screen for new hardware
detection etc. appears on the PC, select
" キャンセル (Cancel)".
･
Remove the microUSB plug of the
microUSB cable evenly from the
terminal.
Close the microUSB jack cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover.
❖Note
Installation of an MTP driver to a PC is required when
charging the battery with a Microsoft Windows XP
PC, because "USB connection mode" (P.172) is set to
"Media transfer mode (MTP)" by default. Install
Windows Media Player 10 or later to install an MTP
driver.
･ If you connect the microUSB cable to the USB jack of
the terminal for charging etc. with the terminal
powered off, the terminal is powered on and
notification LED lights, though operations are not
available. Be careful not to connect with the
microUSB cable in a place where the use is
prohibited such as in an airplane or hospital.
･ Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
･
When the charging is complete,
remove the USB plug of the
microUSB cable from the USB port
of the PC.
Before Using the Terminal
39
Turning power on/off
Turning power on
Press and hold P for over a
second.
･
The terminal vibrates and unlock screen
appears after a while.
❖Information
An orange card is inserted in the tray by default.
Make sure to remove the orange card before turning
the power on. The orange card prevents the terminal
from being powered on.
･ For the first time you turn on the terminal, flick
(swipe) up/down the screen to unlock the screen
and make initial settings (P.42).
･ If you have activated the screen lock (P.152) or SIM
card lock (P.151), unlock screen/PIN code entry
screen appears when turning power on. For
unlocking the screen lock, see "Unlocking the screen
lock" (P.153), and for PIN code entry, see "Entering the
PIN code when powered on" (P.151).
･
Turning power off
Unlock the screen.
･
Press and hold P for over a
second.
Tap [Power off].
Tap [OK].
For unlocking the screen by default, see
"Unlocking the screen" (P.41).
Before Using the Terminal
40
Rebooting
If the screen does not respond or the power
cannot be turned off, the terminal can be
rebooted or forcibly terminated.
Press and hold P and upper part
of m for about 5 seconds at
the same time.
Setting screen lock
When the screen lock is set, the screen
backlight turns off. You can avoid the touch
screen or key from false operations.
･ The screen is locked with turning the screen
backlight off after the specified time duration.
Press P.
❖Information
Screen lock is set by default. For changing the screen
lock, see "Changing screen unlock method" (P.153).
･ For setting time after the backlight turns off until the
screen lock activates, see "Adjusting the idle time
before the screen turns off" (P.142).
･
Unlocking the screen
Unlock screen appears when turning the
power on or the backlight on by pressing P.
Release your fingers after the
terminal vibrates 1 time.
･
The terminal is rebooted.
❖Information
･
To force stop, press and hold P and upper part of
m for approximately 10 seconds at the same
time and release your fingers after the terminal
vibrates 3 times.
On the unlock screen, tap
❖Information
On the unlock screen, tap
to activate the
camera.Tap
to activate " しゃべってコンシェル
(Shabette concier)" or "Google" app.
･ The screen lock can be disabled. For details, see
"Canceling screen lock" (P.154).
･
Before Using the Terminal
41
3
Initial settings
For the first time you turn on the terminal,
flick (swipe) up/down the screen to unlock
the screen and follow the onscreen
instructions to make initial settings.
Tap [English (United
States)]u[Done], and tap
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions to make the following
settings, and tap or [Finish].
- Connect to a Wi-Fi network
- Connecting to Sony Entertainment
Network
- Set accounts and auto-sync
- Select preferred applications
Tap
when initial setting screen
for docomo service appears.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions to set up below, and tap
- Select whether to install all apps now
or later
- Select whether to set Osaifu-Keitai
settings
- Set docomo apps password settings
- Set whether to respond when receive
a request of location search
Tap [OK].
･
Instruction guide for the Home screen
appears. Tap [OK]/[Do not show this
again] to display the Home screen.
❖Information
To change the language later, from the Home screen,
tap , then tap [Settings]u[Language &
input]u[Language]. To set functions, from the Home
screen, tap , then tap [Settings]u[Setup guide]/
[docomo service].
･ Make sure that the data connection is available (LTE/
3G/GPRS) or Wi-Fi network is connected before
setting up online services. For checking the
connection status, see "Status icon" (P.43).
･ You can use the terminal without creating your
Google account, however the services such as
Google Talk, Gmail, Google Play, etc. are not available.
･
Status bar
A status bar appears at the top of the screen.
In the status bar, the terminal status and
notification are displayed. Notification icons
appear on the left side, and status icons
appear on the right side of the status bar.
Status bar
Before Using the Terminal
42
Status icon
The main status icons displayed on the status
bar are as follows.
Signal strength
International roaming available
International roaming connected
No signal
HSDPA available
Communicating in HSDPA
3G (packet) available
Communicating in 3G (packet)
LTE available
Communicating in LTE
Connecting to Wi-Fi
Communicating in Wi-Fi
Connecting to Wi-Fi using Auto IP function
Bluetooth function ON
Connecting to Bluetooth device
Airplane mode activated
Silent mode (vibration) ON
Silent mode (mute) ON
Speaker phone turned on*
Microphone set to mute*
Alarm is set
NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function ON
Battery status
The battery is charging
Battery is low (4％ or less)
PUK code locked or docomo mini UIM card not
inserted
* Does not appear on the call screen but appears
when switched to the Home screen etc.
Notification icon
The main notification icons displayed on the
status bar are as follows.
New email message
New Gmail message
New message (SMS)
Problem with message (SMS) delivery
New instant message
New Area Mail
Screenshot captured
New Facebook message
Uploading data to Facebook
Uploading data to Facebook completed
Facebook setting request notification
Receiving/Downloading data
Sending/Uploading data
Notification of data reception via Bluetooth
communication etc.
Unmount microSD card (reading/writing
unavailable)
microSD card removed
Preparing microSD card
Before Using the Terminal
43
Update notification/Installation complete
(available update files exist in Google Play/
application installation is complete)
Software update notification
Downloading software update
Software update download or installation
completed
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set to the terminal or
docomo mini UIM card
Setting Omakase Lock
Omakase Lock set to the terminal or docomo
mini UIM card
Receiving/Making a call*, during a call*
Call on hold*
Missed call
New voice mail
Upcoming calendar event
Stopwatch is running
Timer is set
Alarm sounding
Playing a track with Media Player
Playing a track with WALKMAN
1Seg activated
FM radio in use
USB connected
MHL connected
Available to activate TV launcher
Screen mirroring connected
Communicating via Infrared
Mobile data communication invalid
Wi-Fi open network available
Connecting to a VPN
The terminal set as media server/Connection
request notification received
Error message
Warning message
Problem with sync
Setup guide unchecked
Some notifications are hidden
Notification such as personal area received
Wi-Fi tethering ON
Setting USB tethering
Setting Wi-Fi tethering and USB tethering
Positioning with GPS
AUTO-GPS is set
Green Heart energy saving icon (remove the AC
adapter from the power outlet)
Setting Omakase Lock
Available memory on the terminal is low
* Does not appear on the dial screen or call screen
but appears when switched to the Home screen
etc.
Before Using the Terminal
44
Notification panel
When notification icons appear on the status
bar, open the Notification panel to check the
notifications or activate corresponding
application. You can open the Notification
panel to set silent mode, enable/disable Wi-Fi
function, etc.
Opening/Closing the
Notification panel
Drag the status bar downwards.
･
Tap x to close the notification
panel.
Notification panel
❖Information
On the Notification panel, number of unread mails,
missed calls, and name of callers can be checked.
Depending on the notification status and application
on the Notification panel, senders, subject, part of
message of unread mails can be checked.
･ On the Notification panel, the following settings can
be made.
･
Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
Mobile data
Backlight
Sound
Hotspot
GPS
Airplane
Auto-rotate
Enable/disable Wi-Fi function.
Enable/disable Bluetooth function.
Enable/disable mobile data
communication.
Switch screen brightness.
Enable/disable silent mode
(Vibrate/Mute).
Enable/disable Wi-Fi tethering
function.
Enable/disable GPS function.
Enable/disable Airplane mode.
You can set whether to switch
portrait/landscape view
automatically according to the
terminal orientation.
Display Settings menu (P.128).
Settings
Before Using the Terminal
45
Clearing contents on the
Notification panel
On the Notification panel, tap
[Clear].
❖Information
Flick left or right a notification on the notification
panel to delete from the list.
･ Some notifications cannot be cleared.
･
Notification LED
Notification LED provides information on the
terminal status, incoming calls, mail
reception, etc.
LED status
Status
Red
Flashing red
Green
Flashing green
Flashing pale
purple
Orange
Indication
Indicate that the battery level is
14% or less while the battery is
being charged.
The remaining battery level is 14%
or less.
Indicate that the battery level is
90% or more while the battery is
being charged.
Indicate a new Gmail arrival.*
Indicate missed calls/new
messages (SMS) exist.*
Indicate that the battery level is
15% - 89% while the battery is
being charged.
* The LED flashes when the unlock screen is displayed,
backlight is turned off or unlock preference is set to
None.
Before Using the Terminal
46
❖Information
When charging starts with the power off, notification
LED lights red and when the battery level is displayed
on the screen, notification LED lights in the color
corresponding to the battery level.
･ When the battery level becomes 14％ or less,
"Connect charger" appears. Tap [Battery info] to
check battery usage or set Power Saver (P.144).
･
Basic operations
Basic key icon operation
x y r
Back
Go back to the previous screen. Or
close a dialog box, an option
menu, the Notification panel, etc.
y Home
Go to the Home screen.
Touch and hold the icon and drag
to
to activate " しゃべってコン
シェル (Shabette concier)" or
"Google" app.
r Recently
Display recently used applications
used apps in thumbnail list to activate or
delete an application from the list
(P.88). Also, use or set small apps
(P.88).
* In this manual, each key icon operation is described
with x, y, r.
Using the touch screen
Precautions on using touch screen
Touch screen is designed for being touched
lightly with fingers. Do not push it forcibly
with a finger or press it with sharp objects
(nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.).
･ Touching the touch screen may not work in
the following cases. Note that it may cause
malfunction.
- Operation with gloved hands
- Operation with tip of fingernail
- Operation with foreign object on the screen
- Operation with protective sheet or seal on
the screen
- Operation on the wet touch panel
- Operation with fingers wet with sweat or
water
･
Operations on the touch screen
■
Tap
Touch an item such as icon or menu with
your finger lightly and release it.
･ Double-tap means tapping twice quickly.
■
Touch and hold
Touch and hold an icon or menu item long.
■
Flick (Swipe)
Touch the screen and flick up/down/left/
right.
Before Using the Terminal
47
■
Drag
Switching portrait/landscape
view automatically
Touch the screen, drag to the desired
position and release the finger.
■
Scroll
When whole content cannot be displayed,
flick up/down/left/right displayed content
to scroll (move) the display position.
You can set the screen orientation to switch
between landscape and portrait view
automatically according to the terminal
orientation.
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap [Auto rotate].
･
When the setting is enabled,
appears.
❖Information
Even when you change the orientation of the
terminal, the screen may not change to landscape
view depending on the screen such as Home screen,
etc.
･ To switch the screen automatically between
landscape and portrait view, from the Home screen,
tap , then tap [Settings]u[Display] and mark
[Auto-rotate screen], or from the Home screen, tap
, then tap [Settings]u[Accessibility] and mark
"Auto-rotate screen".
･
■
Pinch
Touch the screen with two fingers and
widen (pinch-out) or narrow (pinch-in) the
fingers' distance. On some screens, pinchout to zoom in and pinch-in to zoom out.
Before Using the Terminal
48
Setting Silent mode
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap [Sound].
･
Tap to activate silent mode
(vibration) and tap to activate silent
mode (mute). Tap to cancel silent
mode.
Capturing screenshot
You can save the current displayed screen as
an image (screen shot).
･
❖Information
Press and hold P for over a second and then tap
in the pop-up screen to switch Mute
(Ringtone 0)/Vibrate/Off (disabling Silent mode).
･ From the Home screen etc., press and hold lower
part of m to set vibrator. While vibration is on,
press m to set to Mute (Ringtone 0). On the
unlock screen, during a call, or while the camera,
WALKMAN, Media Player, etc. is activated, pressing
and holding lower part of m does not set silent
mode.
･ Setting the phone to Silent mode does not mute
sounds for shutter, playback of video or music, alarm,
dialpad operation sound during a call or when [End
call] is tapped, etc. Note that adjusting volume for
"RINGTONE & NOTIFICATIONS" in Volumes (P.140) or
turning the volume up by pressing upper part of
m cancels Silent mode.
On the screen you want to capture,
press and hold P and lower part
of m for over a second at the
same time.
･
Screenshot is captured and
in the status bar.
appears
❖Information
You can also capture a screenshot by pressing and
holding P for over a second and then tapping
[Take screenshot].
･ Drag the status bar downwards and tap [Screenshot
captured.] on the Notification panel to check
captured images in the "Album" app. Tap [Share] to
attach captured images to an application to send or
to share them. "Share" may not appear depending on
notification status on the Notification panel.
･
Before Using the Terminal
49
Marking/Unmarking to switch
setting
When a checkbox/radio button is displayed
besides a setting item, mark or unmark a
checkbox/radio button to switch on/off for
the setting.
Switch on/off the setting for a
checkbox.
Switch on/off the setting for a
radio button.
Tap or drag left or right to
switch on/off the setting.
Searching information in
the terminal and web
pages
Tap a search item or
･
When you select an application from
the search result, the application is
activated.
❖Information
If a Google account is set, the Google Now screen
appears in Step 1. Follow the onscreen instructions.
･ Tap
on the software keyboard to input a search
word by voice typing with "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing".
･
Using Google voice typing
Enter a search word by voice.
From the Home screen, tap
the Google search widget.
Speak a search word to the
microphone.
･
on
Search results appear.
Enter a word in the search box to browse the
information in the terminal or on the
Internet.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Google].
･
The software keyboard appears.
Enter a search word.
Search suggestions appear as you enter
a character. For character entry, see
"Character entry" (P.51).
･ To enter a new search word, tap
･
Before Using the Terminal
50
Search settings
Character entry
You can set to use for search box or set search
objectives in the terminal.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Google].
･
The software keyboard appears. Tap
Tap
･
and [Settings].
Google search setting screen appears.
You can set the following items.
Google Now*
Voice
Phone search
Privacy and
accounts
Set location information service to
on to check weather information for
the current location, traffic
information, directions.
You can change language and
settings for voice search.
Change the search range by
marking/unmarking data categories
(Apps, Browser, Chrome, Contacts,
docomo phonebook, Email, File
Commander, Messaging,
OfficeSuite, Play Books, Play Movies
& TV, WALKMAN) in the terminal.
Set whether to display search
options from Web history when a
search word is entered, or delete a
search history for contents or
applications in the terminal.
･ You need to create your Google
account.
* Appears when a Google account is set.
To enter characters, use the software
keyboard which appears when you tap the
character input box in a mail, phonebook,
etc.
❖Information
When the software keyboard is displayed,
appears on the status bar.
･ To return to the previous screen from the character
entry screen, tap
or x.
･ Touch and hold a text in the character entry screen
to display the enlarged text to check with dragging
on the text.
･
Selecting entry method
In the terminal, you can select Input method
(keyboard type) from "Google voice typing",
"Moji-Henshu", "Xperia™ Chinese keyboard",
"Xperia™ Japanese keyboard" or "Xperia™
keyboard".
Select to enter characters by voice
input with Google voice typing.
Select to enter characters by voice
input with docomo voice input.
Xperia™ Chinese Select to enter Chinese.
keyboard
Xperia™
Select to enter Japanese.
Japanese
keyboard
Google voice
typing
Moji-Henshu
Before Using the Terminal
51
Xperia™
keyboard
You can select a language for text
entry.
Software keyboard
For Japanese keyboard, there are 4 types of
software keyboards: phonepad, QWERTY,
Japanese syllabary and Kana handwriting
input.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [Language & input]u[Default].
Tap [Xperia™ Japanese keyboard]/ ■ Phonepad keyboard
[International keyboard].
❖Information
When the language is set to English, the default
input method is set to "International keyboard". To
use the Japanese keyboard, tap [Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard] in Step 3. In this manual, explanations are
given only for "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".
･ While entering characters, drag the status bar
downwards and tap [Choose input method] to select
from "Google voice typing"/"Japanese Moji-Henshu"/
"Xperia™ Japanese keyboard"/"International
keyboard".
･ "Xperia™ Chinese keyboard" is not available by
default. To use Chinese keyboard, from the Home
screen, tap , then tap [Settings]u[Language &
input] and mark "Xperia™ Chinese keyboard".
･
Portrait
Landscape
■
QWERTY keyboard
Portrait
Landscape
Before Using the Terminal
52
■
Japanese syllabary keyboard
Changing keyboard or settings
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold
Tap
: The phonepad keyboard appears.
: The QWERTY keyboard appears.
: The Japanese syllabary keyboard
appears.
･
: The Kana handwriting input
appears.
･
: Display Japanese keyboard
settings screen and check/change the
settings.
･
: Display plug-in apps list.
･
: Switch one-byte/two-byte
character.
･
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (only for vertical
screen).
･
: Hide the software keyboard.
･
･
･
Portrait
Landscape
■
Kana handwriting input
Portrait
❖Information
･
Landscape
❖Information
･
The key display of software keyboard varies
depending on the entry screen, character mode or
settings.
By default, the phonepad keyboard for portrait
screen is set and QWERTY keyboard for landscape
screen is set. Also, "Word suggestions", "Auto
capitalization", and "Spell check" are set to on for
input help.
Before Using the Terminal
53
Tap
in Step 2 to change size and location of
software keyboard. Drag blue frame to change size.
Drag the software keyboard to move to. To restore
the software keyboard to the default, tap [Reset].
･
Entering characters on the
phonepad keyboard
Enter characters using a keyboard with
characters allocated in the same
arrangement as general cell phones. Flick
input or toggle input is used for character
entry.
Icon
Function
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji" →
"Alphanumeric" in order and status icons,
→
appear in the status
bar.
Display a pop-up menu.
Touch and
: Keyboard
hold
switch
: Display the setting screen for
Japanese keyboard
: Display the extensions list
(two-byte)/
(one-byte) : Switch
character mode
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (only for vertical
screen)
: Hide the software keyboard
Icon
Function
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" →
"Number" in order and status icons,
appear in the status
, etc. → /
bar.
Enter one-byte/two-byte symbols from
Touch and the displayed list. Switch the tab to enter
hold
facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
Appears before fixing character in
Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays
alphanumeric or katakana conversion
candidates assigned to tapped key.
Appears after conversion is fixed to
return to text before conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the left.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the right.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
When there is an unfixed character string
with the cursor at the right end, tap to
enter the same character as the one at
the end.
Before the conversion is fixed, " 確定 (Fix)"
is displayed*2, and fixes the entering
characters or conversion characters.
When characters are already fixed, enter
a line feed at the cursor position.
Before Using the Terminal
54
Icon
Function
Delete the character before the cursor.
Touch and hold to delete continuously.
When any character is entered or after
entered character is fixed, a space can be
entered. Touch and hold to input spaces
continuously.
Input letters by "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing". A word
suggestion list appears. Tap a character
string you want to input.
Display the available extensions list.
Settings of entry
■
Flick input
Flick up/down/left/right to enter characters
in each column of kana syllabary.
･ Ex: Entering characters in " な " column
You can enter "な " only by tapping. Flick
left for "に ", up for " ぬ ", right for "ね " and
down for " の ".
Touch and
hold
Display the previous character (opposite
order).
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight
and select word in conversion
candidates. Tap continuously to change
a word highlighted in conversion
candidates and select a word to enter.
Activate online dictionary.
Touch and You need to mark "Online dictionary"
checkbox in the Japanese keyboard
hold
setting screen.
Appears when entering numbers, tap to
switch one-byte/two-byte character.
Flick up ぬ
Flick left に
な
Tap
ね Flick right
の Flick down
･
To switch upper/lower case or change to
voiced sound, flick or tap
*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the
desired position on the entered character string to
move the cursor.
*2 In some screens such as the mail account
registration screen, " 次へ (Next)", " 完了 (Done)", " 実行
(Go)", etc. appear.
Before Using the Terminal
55
Flick input is available by default. When
not using it, you can cancel by the
following operations.
a On a character entry screen, touch and
hold
b Tap
c [On-screen keyboard
settings]uUnmark "Flick input"
checkbox.
･ To change sensitivity of the flick input, on
a character entry screen, touch and hold
, tap and [On-screen keyboard
settings]u[Sensitivity of flick input], then
select "High"/"Medium (default)"/"Low".
･
■
･
Multitap text input is available by default.
When not using it, you can cancel by the
following operations.
a On a character entry screen, touch and
hold
b Tap
c [On-screen keyboard
settings]uUnmark "Multitap text
input" checkbox.
❖Information
･
In case of Multitap text input, when the tapped key's
highlighter goes off and you can enter a character
assigned to the same key consecutively without
tapping
Toggle entry
Tap the same key continuously to enter the
assigned character.
To enter characters assigned to the same
key continuously, operate the followings.
･ Ex: To enter " あお "
a Tap " あ " once.
b Tap
, and tap " あ " 5 times.
･ Ex: To enter "ca"
a Tap "abc" 3 times.
*.
b Tap
c Tap "abc" once.
* In some applications, tap
･
in Step b.
To switch upper/lower case or change to
voiced/semi-voiced sound, tap
Before Using the Terminal
56
Entering characters on the
QWERTY keyboard
Enter characters using a keyboard with
characters allocated in the same
arrangement as general PCs. Enter Japanese
in Roman character.
Icon
Function
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji" →
"Alphanumeric" in order and status icons,
→
appear in the status bar.
Display a pop-up menu.
Touch and
: Keyboard
hold
switch
: Display the setting screen for
Japanese keyboard
: Display the extensions list
(two-byte)/
(one-byte) : Switch
character mode
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (only for vertical
screen)
: Hide the software keyboard
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" →
"Number" in order and status icons,
, etc. → /
appear in the status
bar.
Icon
Function
Enter one-byte/two-byte symbols from
Touch and the displayed list. Switch the tab to enter
hold
facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
Move the cursor*1 : To the left.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the right.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
When there is an unfixed character string
with the cursor at the right end, tap to
enter the same character as the one at
the end.
Before the conversion is fixed, " 確定 (Fix)"
is displayed*2, and fixes the entering
characters or conversion characters.
When characters are already fixed, enter
a line feed at the cursor position.
Delete the character before the cursor.
Touch and hold to delete continuously.
When any character is entered or after
entered character is fixed, a space can be
entered. Touch and hold to input spaces
continuously.
Input letters by "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing". A word
suggestion list appears. Tap a character
string you want to input.
Before Using the Terminal
57
Icon
Function
Display the available extensions list.
Touch and
hold
Appears before fixing character in
Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays
alphabet or katakana conversion
candidates assigned to tapped key.
/ In alphanumerics input mode, tap to
switch capitalization/upper case/lower
case.
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight
and select word in conversion
candidates. Tap continuously to change
a word highlighted in conversion
candidates and select a word to enter.
Activate online dictionary.
Touch and You need to mark "Online dictionary"
hold
checkbox in the Japanese keyboard
setting screen.
Appears in number input mode. Tap to
switch numbers or symbols to one-byte/
two-byte characters.
Selecting an assistant keyboard
When you enter in Hiragana/Kanji input
mode using the QWERTY keyboard, you can
change the assistant keyboard to make the
frequent using keys to be displayed widely
for easy tapping.
■
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold .
Tap .
Tap [On-screen keyboard
settings]u[Choose key type].
Tap any of [Static key resizing]/
[Key highlight while typing]/
[Dynamic key resizing with
highlight]/[Off].
Static key resizing
Widen frequent using key for easy tapping.
*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the
desired position on the entered character string to
move the cursor.
*2 In some screens such as the mail account
registration screen, " 次へ (Next)", " 完了 (Done)", " 実行
(Go)", etc. appear.
Before Using the Terminal
58
■
Key highlight while typing
Changing display keys
Widen frequent using key and highlight the
key that is predicted for the next entry.
You can set not to display less-frequent-used
keys (Q, X, C, etc.) on the QWERTY keyboard.
■
Dynamic key resizing with highlight
･
Widen the key that is predicted for the next
entry much further and highlight it.
■
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold .
Tap .
Tap [On-screen keyboard
settings]u[Hide keys].
When the Choose key type (P.58) is set
to "Off", "Hide keys" cannot be selected.
Off
Display equally the width of each key.
Unmark the checkbox of the key
you want to hide.
Tap [OK].
Before Using the Terminal
59
Customizing keyboard
You can change symbols which are displayed
in QWERTY keyboard when entering number
to desired characters/symbols.
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold .
Tap .
Tap [On-screen keyboard
settings]u[Keyboard
customization].
Tap a symbol you want to change
and delete character previously
set, then enter a character to
display and tap [OK].
･
Only one character (two-byte or onebyte character) can be entered.
Tap [OK].
❖Information
･
To return to the default status, on the keyboard
customize screen, tap , then tap [Reset]u[OK].
Before Using the Terminal
60
Entering characters on the
Japanese syllabary keyboard
You can use the software keys arranged
according to the Japanese syllabary.
Icon
Function
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji" →
"Alphanumeric" in order and status icons,
→
appear in the status bar.
Display a pop-up menu.
Touch and
: Keyboard
hold
switch
: Display the setting screen for
Japanese keyboard
: Display the extensions list
(two-byte)/
(one-byte) : Switch
character mode
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (only for vertical
screen)
: Hide the software keyboard
Appears in Hiragana/Kanji input mode.
Switch upper/lower case or add voiced
sound/semi-voiced sound.
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" →
"Number" in order and status icons,
appear in the status
, etc. → /
bar.
Icon
Function
Enter one-byte/two-byte symbols from
Touch and the displayed list. Switch the tab to enter
hold
facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
Move the cursor*1 : To the left.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the right.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
When there is an unfixed character string
with the cursor at the right end, tap to
enter the same character as the one at
the end.
Before the conversion is fixed, " 確定 (Fix)"
is displayed*2, and fixes the entering
characters or conversion characters.
When characters are already fixed, enter
a line feed at the cursor position.
Delete the character before the cursor.
Touch and hold to delete continuously.
When any character is entered or after
entered character is fixed, a space can be
entered. Touch and hold to input spaces
continuously.
Input letters by "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing". A word
suggestion list appears. Tap a character
string you want to input.
Before Using the Terminal
61
Icon
Function
Display the available extensions list.
Touch and
hold
In alphanumerics input mode, tap to
switch capitalization/upper case/lower
case or switch allocated symbol type.
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight
and select word in conversion
candidates. Tap continuously to change
a word highlighted in conversion
candidates and select a word to enter.
Activate online dictionary.
Touch and You need to mark "Online dictionary"
checkbox in the Japanese keyboard
hold
setting screen.
Appears in landscape mode, and you
can enter one-byte/two-byte symbols
from the displayed list. Switch the tab to
enter facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the
desired position on the entered character string to
move the cursor.
*2 In some screens such as the mail account
registration screen, " 次へ (Next)", " 完了 (Done)", " 実行
(Go)", etc. appear.
Entering characters on the
Kana handwriting input
Enter characters by tracing characters on the
Kana handwriting area.
Icon
Function
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji" →
"Alphanumeric" in order and status icons,
→
appear in the status
bar.
Display a pop-up menu.
Touch and
: Keyboard
hold
switch
: Display the setting screen for
Japanese keyboard
: Display the extensions list
(two-byte)/
(one-byte) : Switch
character mode
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (only for vertical
screen)
: Hide the software keyboard
Appears in Hiragana/Kanji input mode.
Switch upper/lower case or add voiced
sound/semi-voiced sound.
Appears in alphanumerics input mode,
tap to switch upper case and lower case.
Each time you tap, the character mode
switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" →
"Number" in order and status icons,
appear in the status
, etc. → /
bar.
Before Using the Terminal
62
Icon
Function
Enter one-byte/two-byte symbols from
Touch and the displayed list. Switch the tab to enter
hold
facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
Appears before fixing character in
Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays
alphanumeric or katakana conversion
candidates assigned to entered
characters.
Appears after conversion is fixed to
return to text before conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the left.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
Move the cursor*1 : To the right.
Touch and hold to move continuously.
Or change the range for conversion.
When there is an unfixed character string
with the cursor at the right end, tap to
enter the same character as the one at
the end.
Before the conversion is fixed, " 確定 (Fix)"
is displayed*2, and fixes the entering
characters or conversion characters.
When characters are already fixed, enter
a line feed at the cursor position.
Delete the character before the cursor.
Touch and hold to delete continuously.
Icon
Function
When any character is entered or after
entered character is fixed, a space can be
entered. Touch and hold to input spaces
continuously.
Input letters by "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing". A word
suggestion list appears. Tap a character
string you want to input.
Kana handwriting input guide in the
Touch and POBox Touch User Guide (Japanese)
hold
activates and you can view the detailed
explanations on the Kana handwriting
input.
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight
and select word in conversion
candidates. Tap continuously to change
a word highlighted in conversion
candidates and select a word to enter.
Activate online dictionary.
Touch and You need to mark "Online dictionary"
hold
checkbox in the Japanese keyboard
setting screen.
Appears when entering number. Enter
one-byte/two-byte symbols from the
displayed list. Switch the tab to enter
facemarks from the displayed list (a
pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are
also displayed when entering in spmode mail).
*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the
desired position on the entered character string to
move the cursor.
Before Using the Terminal
63
*2 In some screens such as the mail account
registration screen, " 次へ (Next)", " 完了 (Done)", " 実行
(Go)", etc. appear.
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
･
When you enter character by Kana handwriting for
the first time, read a guidance and tap [OK].
In Kana handwriting input, hiragana, alphabet,
number, some symbols can be entered.
You can enter a character continuously without
deleting entered character.
For voiced sound and semi voiced sound mark, enter
in the right upper part of the Kana handwriting input
screen.
For punctuation mark and lower case, enter in the
lower part from the center of the Kana handwriting
input.
For entering alphabet, enter it with reference to
lower horizontal line of the Kana handwriting input
screen.
Editing text
In the character entry screen such as mail,
phonebook, etc., double-tap text you want to
edit so that text edit menu appears at the top
of the screen. Drag or to change the
character string to select.
(Select all)
(Cut)
(Copy)
(Paste)
(Complete)
Select all entered text.
Cut a selected character string.
Copy a selected character string.
Paste a copied/cut character
string.
Close the edit menu.
❖Information
To paste a copied or cut character string, touch and
hold a position where you want to insert, then tap
[PASTE]. Alternatively, when texts are entered, tap a
position where you want to insert, then tap
and
[PASTE].
･ Edit menu icons vary by applications.
･ In the vertical screen mode, editing menu may not
be displayed.
･
Before Using the Terminal
64
Setting character entry
Setting Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard
For each input method, you can make
settings related to character entry.
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[Language &
input].
Tap
on "Google voice typing"/
"Moji-Henshu"/"Xperia™ Chinese
keyboard"/"Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard"/"Xperia™ keyboard".
･
Settings screen for respective input
method appears. Tap an item displayed
on the screen to set.
❖Information
The items vary depending on the input method.
Alternatively, while entering characters, drag the
status bar downwards and tap [Choose input
method] u [Set up input methods], then tap
for
each input method to display.
･
on the "Xperia™ Chinese keyboard" is not
available by default. To set Chinese keyboard, mark
"Xperia™ Chinese keyboard" in Step 2, then tap .
･
･
Displaying the setting screen
for Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[Language &
input].
Tap
on "Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard".
･
The setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard appears.
❖Information
･
Alternatively, on a character entry screen, touch and
hold
and tap
to display the setting screen
for Xperia™ Japanese keyboard. Alternatively, while
entering characters, drag the status bar downwards
and tap [Choose input method] u [Set up input
methods], then tap
for "Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard" to display.
Before Using the Terminal
65
Common settings of software
keyboard
Make keyboard settings such as Key sound,
Vibrate, etc.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Onscreen keyboard settings].
･
Set items for "COMMON ON-SCREEN
KEYBOARD SETTINGS".
Sound on
keypress
Vibration on
keypress
Pop-up on
keypress
No. of lines
(portrait)
No. of lines
(landscape)
Set whether to sound at the time of
key tapping.
Set whether to vibrate at the time of
key tapping.
Set whether to magnify tapped key
or display flick guide.
Set number of lines for conversion
candidates displayed in portrait
mode.
Set number of lines for conversion
candidates displayed in landscape
mode.
Keeping keyboard type
Set to stabilize the last status of keyboard
(phonepad/QWERTY/Japanese syllabary
keyboard/Kana handwriting input) in the
each portrait/landscape screen in kana/
alphabet/number input mode.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Onscreen keyboard settings].
Mark [Keep keyboard type].
❖Information
･
You can set to stabilize the last status of keyboard in
the each portrait/landscape screen without marking
"Keep keyboard type".
❖Information
"Sound on keypress" volume is related to "RINGTONE
& NOTIFICATIONS" in Volumes (P.140).
･ By default, conversion candidates are displayed in 2
lines in portrait/landscape screen.
･
Before Using the Terminal
66
Input support
You can set support functions for character
input such as Word suggestion function,
Setting voice input.
Setting Word suggestion
The Word suggestion function shows
predicted conversion candidates when you
enter Japanese/English characters. Mark the
checkbox of Word suggestion checkbox to
set "Spell check" and "Auto space". That helps
you entering characters with ease.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Input
support].
Mark "Word suggestions".
❖Information
Flick or drag downwards in the word suggestion field
to enlarge the word suggestion field and to hide the
keyboard. Tap [ 前候補 (previous suggestion)]/[ 次候補
(next suggestion)]/[ 確定 (fix)] shown below the word
suggestions to select/fix characters to be entered. To
show the software keyboard, tap [ 戻る (Back)] or .
･ In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, tap [ 直変 (Direct
conversion)]/[ 予測 (Prediction)] in the word
suggestion field to display direct conversion
candidates/predicted conversion candidates.
･
Setting Spell check
Spell check corrects mistyped characters and
shows conversion candidates before
conversion in one-byte alphabet input mode
when entering characters with QWERTY
keyboard or Japanese syllabary keyboard.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Input
support].
Mark "Spell check".
❖Information
･
If Word suggestion function (P.67) is not set, Spell
check is not available.
Setting Auto space
When selecting English word suggestion,
Auto space enters next to the entered
character. However, space is not entered
automatically in the mail address or URL
input fields.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Input
support].
Mark "Auto space".
❖Information
･
If Word suggestion function (P.67) is not set, Auto
space is not available.
Before Using the Terminal
67
Setting voice input
Set voice input to "docomo voice input" or
"Google voice typing".
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Input
support]u[Voice typing].
Tap [docomo voice input]/[Google
voice typing].
❖Information
･
･
"docomo voice input" is set by default.
When you tap
on the software keyboard for the
first time, you can select whether to activate docomo
voice input or change to Google voice typing.
Auto capitalization
Set to capitalize automatically the top letter
you enter in one-byte alphabet entry mode.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Input
support].
Mark "Auto capitalization".
Setting keyboard skin
You can change software keyboard skin.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Keyboard
skin].
Select from displayed keyboards
and tap [Set skin].
❖Information
To download and add keyboard skins from a website,
tap [Search for skin] in Step 2. Some keyboard skins
downloaded from website may not support the
terminal.
･ To delete the downloaded keyboard skin, from the
Home screen, tap , and tap
[Settings]u[Apps]u"Downloaded" tab, and tap the
keyboard skin you want to delete, and then tap
[Uninstall]u[OK]u[OK]. Also, tap [Uninstall] in Step 2
so that you can delete the keyboard skin that is not
compatible with the terminal.
･
❖Information
･
The top letter may not always be capitalized
automatically in one-byte alphabet entry mode
when "Auto capitalization" is marked.
Before Using the Terminal
68
Using extensions
You can use or add extensions when entering
characters.
Using Contact Picker 2.3
If contacts are registered to the Contacts, you
can use "Contact Picker 2.3" to enter contact
information when entering characters.
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold
Tap .
Tap [Contact Picker
2.3]u"Contacts" tab.
Tap the contact to pick up.
･
When you enter a name or reading in
the search box at the top of the screen,
a list of contacts appears accordingly.
Mark items you want to enter and
tap [OK].
･
Adding an extension
You can install extensions to use when
entering characters.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [Manage
extensions].
On the how to start extensions
screen, tap [OK].
･
Extensions settings screen appears.
Tap [Download new extensions].
Select an application you want to
add.
･
･
Extensions list screen appears.
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
･
Marked extensions in the extensions settings screen
can be activated in the character entry screen. The
preinstalled extension "Contact Picker 2.3" is marked
by default.
If you want to select/deselect all items,
tap [Mark all]/[Unmark all].
❖Information
･
"History" tab displays contacts that are picked up
when entering characters.
Before Using the Terminal
69
User dictionary settings
･
To display the word as the preferred
candidate when entering characters, set the
user dictionary beforehand.
Added user dictionary can be edited or deleted. To
edit, select an added user dictionary and tap ,
then tap [Edit] for editing and tap [Save]. To delete,
select an added user dictionary and tap , then tap
[Delete]u[Delete]. To delete all user dictionary, tap
, then tap [Delete all]u[Delete].
Registering words in user dictionaries Setting Words by learning
There are 2 types of user dictionaries: "My
words Japanese" and "My words English".
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap
[Dictionaries].
Tap [My words Japanese]/[My
words English].
Tap
and [Add].
Tap the character input box for
"Reading" and fill it out.
Enter a word in the input box for
"Word" and tap [ 完了 (Done)] on
the software keyboard.
Tap [Save].
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap
[Dictionaries] then [Learn words].
Mark "Save words while typing".
･
To reset already learned words, tap
[Delete saved words]u[Delete].
❖Information
･
To delete history for learned words individually,
touch and hold a word you want to delete and tap
[Delete].
❖Information
Up to 50 characters (regardless of one-byte or twobyte characters) can be stored for a "Reading" and
"Word", and up to 500 items can be stored in the user
dictionary.
･ When entering characters, tapping [ 直変 (Direct
conversion)] in the word suggestion field may give
priority to some registered words.
･
Before Using the Terminal
70
Setting online dictionary
Backing up and restoring dictionary
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, touch and
hold
to activate online dictionary.
User dictionary and Words by learning can be
backed up onto an internal storage and
restored when needed.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap
[Dictionaries] then [Online
dictionary].
Tap [Online dictionary], then read
the note and tap [Agree].
･
"Online dictionary" is marked.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap
[Dictionaries] then [Backup &
restore].
Tap [Backup]/[Restore].
Mark a dictionary to back up/
restore.
･
Select "My words Japanese"/"My words
English"/"Learn words".
Tap [Go].
Tap [OK]u[OK].
･
･
When backing up, a screen asking
whether to overwrite the user
dictionary on the internal storage
appears. When restoring, a screen
asking whether to overwrite the user
dictionary in the terminal appears.
The data is backed up or restored.
❖Information
If restoring data is failed, user dictionary in the
terminal restores to the default. Restore by operating
again.
･ User dictionary and Words by learning are not
backed up onto microSD card.
･
Before Using the Terminal
71
POBox Touch User Guide
You can view the detailed explanations on
the high performance Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard from the basic to application. The
latest information can be obtained from the
websites for extensions or keyboard skins.
On the setting screen for Xperia™
Japanese keyboard, tap [POBox
Touch User Guide].
･
POBox Touch User Guide appears.
USB keyboard/Bluetooth
keyboard
Connect USB keyboard or Bluetooth
keyboard that supports HID (Human
Interface Device) profile with the terminal to
enter characters.
■
❖Information
･
Alternatively, touch and hold
in the Kana
handwriting input screen to activate the Kana
handwriting input guide in the POBox Touch User
Guide (Japanese), with which you can view the
detailed explanations for the handwriting input.
Using JIS keyboard
Connect a USB keyboard or
Bluetooth keyboard and drag the
status bar downwards, then tap
[Select keyboard layout].
･
If a notification does not appear on the
status bar, from the Home screen, tap
and [Settings]u[Language & input].
Tap a name of USB keyboard or
Bluetooth keyboard connected to
the terminal.
Tap [Set up keyboard
layouts]u[Japanese].
･
JIS keyboard is set. Tap y etc. to end
setting.
Before Using the Terminal
72
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
･
･
Some Bluetooth keyboards compatible with HID
profiles cannot be used or may not operate properly.
After
or
is shown on the status bar of the
terminal, enter characters with USB keyboard or
Bluetooth keyboard. If the status icon does not
appear, tap character input field.
Press " 半角 / 全角 (one-byte/two-byte)" key on a USB
JIS keyboard or Bluetooth JIS keyboard to switch
Kana input/Alphabet input on the terminal. For
English keyboards, pressing " ｀ " key (grave key)
switches the input mode.
While displaying word suggestions, press "Tab" key/
" ↓ " key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth
keyboard to select a word in word suggestions.
While not selecting a word in word suggestions,
press "Space" key on the USB keyboard or the
Bluetooth keyboard to switch to direct conversion.
You can edit texts with connected USB keyboard or
the Bluetooth keyboard. For instructions on editing
texts on the terminal, see "Editing text" (P.64).
- Press "Ctrl" key and "A" key to select all entered text.
- Press "Shift" key and " ← " key or "Shift" key and " → "
key to partly select entered text from cursor.
- Press "Ctrl" key and "X" key to cut a selected
character string.
- Press "Ctrl" key and "C" key to copy a selected
character string.
- Press "Ctrl" key and "V" key to paste a copied or cut
character string.
While displaying word suggestions, press "無変換 (No
conversion)" key on the USB keyboard or the
Bluetooth keyboard to switch word suggestions to
alphanumeric conversion.
While displaying word suggestions, press "Shift" key/
"Alt" key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth
keyboard to activate Online dictionary. You need to
mark "Online dictionary" checkbox in the Japanese
keyboard setting screen beforehand.
･ Current conversion candidate settings (word
prediction/direct conversion/alphanumeric
conversion/online dictionary) are displayed between
character input field and conversion candidate field
and selection method for conversion candidate is
displayed.
･ While displaying word suggestions, press "Function"
key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard
to convert to hiragana/katakana/alphabet.
- Press "F6" to convert to hiragana.
- Press "F7" to convert to two-byte katakana.
- Press "F8" to convert to one-byte katakana.
- Press "F9" to convert to two-byte alphabet.
- Press "F10" to convert to one-byte alphabet.
･
Before Using the Terminal
73
❖Information
docomo Palette UI
Home screen
You can switch the home application between
"docomo" and "Xperia™" in the terminal.
"docomo" is set to the home application by default.
To change the home application, from the Home
screen, tap , then tap [Settings]u[Setup guide],
and on the Preferred applications screen, tap [Change
now]u[Home screen]. Alternatively, from the Home
screen, tap , then
[Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Preferred apps
settings]u[Home screen] (P.148).
･ When the home application is switched, widgets or
shortcuts on the screen may not be displayed
correctly depending on home screen layout etc.
･ When the instruction guide for the Home screen
appears, tap [OK]/[Do not show this again] to display
the Home screen.
･
Home screen is a start screen for using
applications. You can personalize the Home
screen by adding or moving, for example,
application shortcuts and widgets, or
changing the wallpaper.
Learning Home screen
Tapping y displays Home screen which
consists of up to 12 screens you can use
flicking left and right.
Switching the Home screen
･
Flick the Home screen to left or
right.
"ひつじのしつじくん®
(Butler Sheep)"
©NTT DOCOMO
Current home screen position
Widget : Google Search
Widget : i-channel
Widget : Machi-chara
Shortcuts (applications)
Applications button
Wallpaper
The Home screen switches.
❖Information
You can check the current position of the Home
screen with
at the top of the screen.
･ Alternatively, display a list of home screens and then
tap a home screen to switch. For details on the home
screen list, see "Displaying a list of home screens"
(P.75).
･
docomo Palette UI
74
Displaying a list of home screens
From the Home screen, pinch-in.
･
A home screen list appears.
❖Information
Touch an hold an area of the Home screen where no
icons are displayed and tap [Home screens] to
display list of home screens.
･ When the instruction guide for the home screen list
appears, tap [OK]/[Do not show this again].
･ To return to the home screen, pinch-out, or tap y
or x.
･
Adding to the Home screen
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
■
Add group shortcut of Application
screen (P.78).
Home screens Show home screens (P.75).
Wallpaper loop Set whether to loop wallpaper on
settings
the Home screen.
Group
Adding a shortcut to the Home screen
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Shortcut].
Select a shortcut you want to add.
･
The shortcut appears on the Home
screen.
❖Information
･
Alternatively, you can add a shortcut from the Home
screen, tap
and touch and hold an application
icon you want to add, tap [Add].
"Select an action" menu appears to
change the Home screen.
Select an action
Shortcut
Widget
Folder
Kisekae
Wallpaper
Add shortcuts of applications or
setting screens (P.75).
Add widgets (P.76).
Create a new folder (P.77).
Change the background of the
Home screen or Application screen,
or download from website to add
(P.77).
Change the wallpaper, or install
from Google Play and add
wallpapers (P.78).
docomo Palette UI
75
Adding a widget to the Home screen
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Widget].
･
A list of widgets appears.
Display bookmarks of Browser.
Display bookmarks of Chrome.
Display the calendar.
Display contacts using Contacts
application of Xperia™.
Contents Headline Display recommended music,
videos, e-books and applications
information at the dmarket.
docomo location Activate docomo location
information
information application.
docomo Wi-Fi Easy You can connect/disconnect to
Connection
Wi-Fi with a one-touch
operation in a Wi-Fi area.
Email
Select Email account or folder to
display.
Facebook
Post your comments or select
and upload images to Facebook.
Facebook
Show or post Facebook
comments.
Gmail
Select Gmail account or folder to
display.
Google Search
Display the Google search box.
Google+ posts
Display posted contents in
Google+.
IC Tag/Barcode
Enable or disable IC Tag read
Reader
mode.
Bookmarks
Bookmarks
Calendar
Contact
Send your profile or receive a file
via infrared.
i チャネルウィジェッ Display latest information such
as news or weather.
ト (i-channel
widget)
Music Unlimited Display Music Unlimited.
NFC Quick Launch Enable/disable NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function.
OfficeSuite Recent Display OfficeSuite recent
History
history.
Personal area
Display personal area.
Phonebook
Display phonebook using
phonebook application
provided by DOCOMO.
Phonebook Select Display history of calls or
members
message (SMS) of 3 contacts
selected from the Phonebook
fixed/at random.
Play - My Library Display videos or books
managed in Google Play by
selecting from "My Library", "My
Book" or "My Movie".
Play
Display applications
Recommendations recommended by Google Play
by selecting from "All", "Apps",
"Books" or "Movies".
Play Store
Display applications
recommended by Google Play.
Schedule & Memo Display memos or photo memos
on the calendar.
Screen mirroring Enable/disable Screen mirroring.
TrackID™
Display TrackID.
Infrared
docomo Palette UI
76
Enter a widget name and
destination to activate the
widget showing travel time to
the destination. Tap to check
supplied traffic information.
YouTube
Display the list of frequently
played videos and
recommended.
Display topics or search
カテゴリナビ
information by selecting
(Category
category such as foodie and
navigation)
transfer information.
マチキャラ (Machi- Display missed calls etc. or use
chara)
しゃべってコンシェル (Shabette
concier).
Activate diagnosis tool.
診断ツール
(Diagnosis tool)
Traffic
Select an item.
❖Information
･
If you install an application with widget from Google
Play, the installed widget is added to the widget list.
Adding a folder to the Home screen
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Folder].
･
A folder is added on the Home screen.
❖Information
To rename a folder, tap a folder you want to rename
and tap the name entry field to enter a folder name,
then [ 完了 (Done)] on the software keyboard and
then tap on the screen. Alternatively, touch and hold
a folder you want to rename and tap [Edit name],
then enter a folder name and then tap [OK].
･ To move a shortcut into a folder, touch and hold a
shortcut you want to move, then drag it onto any
folder.
･
Changing Kisekae
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Kisekae].
Flick left or right and select a
Kisekae you want to change to.
❖Information
Alternatively, in Step 2, select Kisekae you want to
change to and tap [Set] to change Kisekae.
･ Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap
and
then tap [Kisekae] to change.
･ You can add Kisekae contents by tapping [Search] to
download from website. To delete added Kisekae
contents, select the image and tap
[Delete]u[Delete].
･
docomo Palette UI
77
Changing wallpaper
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Wallpaper].
Tap any of [Album]/[Live
Wallpapers]/[Xperia™
wallpapers].
When you tap [Album], select an image
to set to the wallpaper, drag to set
trimming frame for range in the image
you want to use as wallpaper, and then
tap [Crop] to set wallpaper.
･ When you tap [Live Wallpapers], select
a content, tap [Set wallpaper]. You can
also install and add Live wallpaper
content from Google Play. For some
contents, you can change type or
contents displayed on the wallpaper by
tapping [Settings].
･ When you tap [Xperia™ wallpapers],
select an image to set to the wallpaper,
tap [Set wallpaper].
❖Information
Alternatively, on the Application screen (P.80), touch
and hold a group name and then tap [Add].
･
Changing the Home screen
･
❖Information
･
Alternatively, you can change from the Home screen,
tap
and tap [Settings]u[Display]u[Wallpaper].
Adding a group to the Home screen
On "Select an action" menu screen
(P.75), tap [Group].
Select a group of applications you
want to add.
You can add, delete, sort home screens while
the home screen list is displayed.
･ For details on the home screen list, see
"Displaying a list of home screens" (P.75).
Adding a home screen
From the Home screen, pinch-in.
Tap
･
A home screen list appears.
❖Information
･
There are 5 home screens by default. You can add 7
home screens moreover.
Deleting a home screen
From the Home screen, pinch-in.
Tap
of thumbnail you want to
delete on the Home screen.
･
A home screen list appears.
docomo Palette UI
78
❖Information
･
Alternatively, on the home screen list, touch and hold
a thumbnail of home screen you want to delete and
tap [Delete].
Sorting home screens
From the Home screen, pinch-in.
Touch and hold a home screen you
want to sort.
Drag it anywhere.
･
A home screen list appears.
Moving an icon on the Home screen
From the Home screen, touch an
icon you want to move.
Drag it anywhere.
･
To move to another Home screen, keep
touching the icon and drag it to left or
right.
Deleting an icon from the Home
screen
From the Home screen, touch and
hold an icon you want to delete.
Tap [Delete].
❖Information
･
Alternatively, touch and hold an icon you want to
delete from the Home screen and drag it to
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Uninstalling a shortcut or widget on
the Home screen
Before uninstalling shortcut or widget on the
Home screen, back up contents related to the
application or widget that you want to save
including data saved in the application or
widget.
･ Some applications or widgets may not be
uninstalled.
･
From the Home screen, touch and
hold a shortcut or widget you want
to uninstall.
Tap [Uninstall].
Tap [OK]u[OK].
･
A confirmation screen appears for
uninstall.
❖Information
･
You can also uninstall them from the Settings menu
(P.128). For details, see "Deleting installed application"
(P.146).
docomo Palette UI
79
b
Application screen
You can access the applications installed in
the terminal from the Application screen and
use each function.
Learning Application screen
From the Home screen, tap
(Applications button).
･
The Application screen appears.
Application tab
･ View Application screen.
❖Information
When the instruction guide for the Application
screen appears, tap [OK]/[Do not show this again].
･ To close the Application screen, tap x or y.
･ Touch and hold an application icon, then tap [About]
to check the application information.
･ If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial
settings (P.42), some group names are displayed in
Japanese even after the language setting is changed.
These group names can be changed to English (P.87).
･
Recommends tab
･ Install applications recommended by DOCOMO.
c Optional menu icon
･ View optional menu such as Settings.
d Group name
･ You can manage applications by groups.
･ Tap a group name to show/hide applications in
the group.
e Application icon
･ When you download an application from website
or a downloaded application is updated,
appears on the upper left of the application icon.
･ Some application icons are displayed with a
number of missed calls, unread mails, etc.
f Number of applications in the group
g Applications in the group
･ To display/hide applications in all groups, pinchout/in the Application screen.
docomo Palette UI
80
Applications
The applications displayed on the
Application screen by default are as follows.
･ For usage of some applications, separate
subscription (Charged) is required.
■
DOCOMO Services
dmenu
A shortcut application for "dmenu" to find
contents that you used in i-mode and joyful
and convenient contents for smartphones
readily. → P.178
dmarket
An application for activating dmarket. In
dmarket, you can buy contents such as
music, videos or books. Also, applications
on Google Play are introduced. → P.178
ｉチャネル (i-channel)
An application for using i-channel.
ｉコンシェル (i-concier)
An application for using i-concier. i-concier
is a service in which a mobile phone
supports your life like a "butler" or
"concierge".
しゃべってコンシェル (Shabette
concier)
Speak "what you want to search" or "what
you want to do" to the terminal. It
understands your intention and display the
best solution on the display from the
services or functions of the terminal (in
Japanese only).
ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)
An application for using " ケータイデータお
預かりサービス (Data Security Service)", " 電
話帳バックアップ (Phonebook backup)" or
"SD カードバックアップ (SD card backup)".
Back up or restore phonebook data etc. For
information on docomo backup (save to
microSD card), see " ドコモバックアップ
(docomo backup)" (P.238).
docomo Wi-Fi Easy Connection
An application for simply using "docomo
Wi-Fi" public wireless LAN service by
DOCOMO or home Wi-Fi. Using the widget,
you can connect/disconnect to Wi-Fi with a
one-touch operation in a Wi-Fi area.
docomo Palette UI
81
■
Basic Functions/Settings
Phone
Activate DOCOMO phone application to
make/receive calls, and switch between
calls. → P.90
docomo phonebook
Activate DOCOMO phonebook application
to manage phonebooks of your friends or
colleagues. → P.99
spモードメール (sp-mode mail)
Send/receive mails using DOCOMO mail
address (@docomo.ne.jp). You can use
pictogram and Deco-mail. → P.110
Disaster kit
An application which helps you to check
received Early Warning "Area Mail", make
settings (P.121), and record and check
messages on the docomo Disaster Message
Board.
Instruction Manual
Display the terminal instruction manual.
You can start a function you want to use
from the explanation (in Japanese only).
* See "About manuals of SO-04E" in
"Introduction".
Settings
Make the terminal settings.→ P.128
遠隔サポート (Remote support)
An application for using " スマートフォンあ
んしん遠隔サポート (Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support)". With "スマートフォンあ
んしん遠隔サポート (Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support)", call center staff can
provide operational support while checking
your terminal screen remotely.
■
Entertainment/Tools
Camera
Take photos and record video clips. → P.196
フォトコレクション (Photo collection)
Free storage service of photos/videos. They
can be automatically categorized by
recognized faces or scenes on the cloud.
1Seg
Watch 1Seg program. → P.187
Media Player
Play music and videos. → P.224
Memo
Create/Manage memos. It supports iconcier service.
Schedule
Create/Manage schedule. It supports iconcier service.
Infrared
An application which allows you to send
and receive phonebook data, etc. via
infrared communication. → P.164
IC Tag/Barcode Reader
Read IC Tag and barcode.
docomo Palette UI
82
Calculator
Perform basic calculations such as addition,
subtraction, multiplication, and division.
Alarm & clock
Set alarm and view clock. → P.235
Osaifu-Keitai
Use Osaifu-Keitai. → P.180
iDアプリ (iD application)
Make settings etc. for use of electronic
money, iD. → P.186
ToruCa
Acquire, display, search, or refresh ToruCa. →
P.186
■
Xperia
Dial
Activate Xperia™ phone application to
make/receive calls, and switch between
calls.
Contacts
Activate Xperia™ phonebook application
to manage contacts of your friends or
colleagues.
FM radio
Use FM radio. → P.195
電子書籍 Reader by Sony (eBook Reader
by Sony)
You can buy topical books or popular
comics from SONY's eBook store "Reader
Store" whenever you like.
WALKMAN
Playback music data stored on the internal
storage or microSD card.
Album
View photos and videos you took, and
images posted on Picasa or Facebook. →
P.219
Movies
Play downloaded contents with Video
Unlimited or videos that are transferred
from a PC to the terminal. On the terminal,
you can play videos of a DLNA device or
programs that are recorded with a Blu-ray
Disc recorder after transferring to the
terminal by TV transfer.
Music Unlimited
Connect to "Music Unlimited" which allows
you to listen to music around the world
anytime and anywhere.
Video Unlimited
Connect to "Video Unlimited" which allows
you to download favorite videos and watch
them anywhere.
PlayMemories Online
Upload simply photos or videos onto the
photo/video cloud service by Sony, and
share uploaded photos or videos with
specified friends.
Let's start PSM
Show dedicated website for the "PS Store".
Download games to play on the terminal.
docomo Palette UI
83
TrackID™
Use a service that checks the information of
playing music.
Notes
Create notes or voice notes, and send them
to another terminal to share information.
Also, synchronize with Evernote.
Sony car
Easily activate applications (Navigation,
Map, Radio, WALKMAN, Phone, etc.) in a car.
Also adding shortcuts of frequently used
applications is available. To end the
application, tap .
Be careful especially about the following
points when using applications in a car.
･ Drivers must observe the traffic law.
Unsafe driving acts such as not looking
ahead carefully violates the law, which
may cause an accident or injury.
･ When a driver wants to operate the
terminal, make sure to stop the car in a
safe place then start operation.
･ Watching the screen while driving is
restricted by law.
･ Set volume so that you can still
adequately hear sounds outside the car.
･ Refrain from sudden driving movements
when information sound etc. is emitted.
Sony Select
Connect Sony Select to obtain applications,
games, etc.
OfficeSuite
View and read Office documents. → P.240
File Commander
You can easily find still pictures, videos,
music data, downloaded files, etc.
Facebook
Activate Facebook client application. →
P.157
■
Google
Email
Send and receive emails (multiple accounts
are available). → P.113
Gmail
Send and receive mails from/to a Google
account. → P.120
Messaging
Send and receive messages (SMS).→ P.110
Talk
Chat with friends using Google Talk instant
messaging. → P.121
Browser
Browse Web and WAP sites (except for
WML) and download files. → P.123
Chrome
Connect to the Internet with Google
Chrome.
docomo Palette UI
84
Google
Search information in the terminal and web
pages by keywords.→ P.50
Voice Search
Use Google Voice Search.
Play Store
Access to the Google Play, download and
buy new applications.→ P.179
YouTube
Playback videos around the world or upload
recorded videos. → P.222
Play Movies & TV
An application for accessing movie rental
service of Google Play. Select a movie you
want to watch and rent it.
Play Books
Download new books, bestsellers, etc. from
Google Play Books to read.
Calendar
Display a calendar and manage schedule. →
P.232
Maps
Use Google map services, such as viewing
current location, finding another location
and calculating routes. → P.229
Navigation
Display Google Maps Navigation to receive
detailed guides for your destination. → P.231
Local
Use various information registered on
Google Maps, such as shops around the
current location. → P.230
Google+
Activate Social Network Service (SNS) client
application Google+ provided by Google.
Messenger
Chat with friends using Google+ instant
messaging.
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
The applications displayed on this application screen
are pre-installed by default. Some pre-installed
applications can be uninstalled. Even if you uninstall,
you can download from "Play Store" (P.179) again.
From the Home screen, tap
and tap
"Recommends" tab u[ おすすめアプリを見る (See
recommended applications)] to display applications
recommended by DOCOMO. For details, see
"Installing "Recommends" applications" (P.89).
Some application names may not be displayed fully.
Some applications require downloading and
installation. If you cannot download application by
tapping, from the Home screen, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[Security]u[Unknown sources]u[OK],
mark the checkbox and then tap the application.
Activating two or more applications may increase
battery consumption and the operation time may
become short. For this reason, it is recommended to
end applications when not used. To end an
application, on the application screen you are using,
tap x to display the Home screen (P.74), or tap
r and then [Close all].
docomo Palette UI
85
If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial
settings (P.42), some group names are displayed in
Japanese even after the language setting is changed.
These group names can be changed to English (P.87).
･
･
Adding an application icon to the
Home screen
From the Application screen, touch
and hold an icon you want to add
to the Home screen.
Tap [Add].
･
The application icon is added onto the
Home screen.
❖Information
･
Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where
no icons are displayed and tap [Shortcut]
u[Application] and select an application to add an
icon.
Sorting application icons
From the Application screen, touch
and hold an application icon you
want to sort.
･
The application icon moves.
❖Information
Changing the Application
screen
From the Application screen, you can add
icons, sort icons, uninstall applications. Also
you can change group setting.
Drag it anywhere.
To move an application icon to another application
group, touch and hold the icon on the Application
screen, tap [Move], then select a desired group, or
touch and hold the icon on the Application screen,
then drag it to a group to move to.
Uninstalling an application
Some application icons can be deleted from
the Application screen.
･ Before uninstalling application, back up
contents related to the application that you
want to save including data saved in the
application.
･ Some applications or widgets may not be
uninstalled.
From the Application screen, touch
and hold an icon of application
you want to uninstall.
Tap [Uninstall].
Tap [OK]u[OK].
･
A confirmation screen appears for
uninstall.
❖Information
･
You can also uninstall them from the Settings menu
(P.128). For details, see "Deleting installed application"
(P.146).
docomo Palette UI
86
Adding a shortcut of group to the
Home screen
From the Application screen, touch
and hold an icon you want to add
to the Home screen.
Tap [Add].
･
Shortcuts to the group is added to the
Home screen.
❖Information
･
Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where
no icons are displayed and tap [Group] and select a
group to add a shortcut.
Changing the color of group name
･
Application icons belonged to the
deleted group move to the "Download
Application" group.
❖Information
･
"Recently", "DOCOMO Services", and "Download
Application" groups cannot be deleted.
Changing group name
From the Application screen, touch
and hold a group you want to
rename.
Tap [Edit name].
Enter a group name and tap [OK].
･
The group is renamed.
From the Application screen, touch
and hold a group you want to
change the color.
❖Information
Tap [Edit label] and select label
color to change.
Adding group
･
The color for group name is changed.
Deleting group
From the Application screen, touch
and hold a group you want to
delete.
Tap [Delete]u[OK].
･
"Recently", "DOCOMO Services", and "Download
Application" groups cannot be renamed.
From the Application screen, tap
and tap [Add group].
Enter a group name and tap [OK].
･
A new group is added.
docomo Palette UI
87
Sorting groups
Small apps
From the Application screen, touch
and hold a group name you want
to sort.
You can use a small app while using another
application.
Drag it anywhere.
Tap r.
Select a small app to use.
･
The group is moved.
Opening windows of recently
used application
Display recently used applications in
thumbnail list and activate.
Tap r.
･
Thumbnails of recently used
applications are listed.
❖Information
･
･
The set small apps appear.
The small app activates.
❖Information
By default,
(Calculator),
(Timer),
(Note),
(Recorder) are set. Tap
to install a small app
from Play Store and set it. To delete a set small app,
touch and hold a small app you want to delete and
then drag it out of the small app display area, then
tap [Delete] when a deletion confirmation screen
appears.
･ To close a running small app, tap
･
Flick left or right a thumbnail of application displayed
to delete from the list.
･ Tap a thumbnail of application displayed to activate.
To delete a thumbnail, touch and hold it and then
tap [Delete from list]. Or to check an application
information, touch and hold it and tap [App info]. To
end all thumbnails of applications displayed and
delete the all logs, tap [Close all].
･
docomo Palette UI
88
Searching applications
Search application installed into the terminal
to activate.
From the Application screen, tap
and then tap [Search].
･
The software keyboard appears.
Enter application name to search.
･
Search suggestions appear as you enter
a character.
Tap an application name.
･
The application activates.
❖Information
If a Google account is set, the Google Now screen
appears in Step 1. Follow the onscreen instructions.
･ Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap
, then
tap [Google] to search application. For details, see
"Searching information in the terminal and web
pages" (P.50).
･
Switching application screens
Icons on the Application screen can be
displayed in a list or tiles.
From the Application screen, tap
and then tap [List format]/[Tile
format].
Installing "Recommends"
applications
The "Recommends" tab (P.80) in the
Application screen shows applications
recommended by DOCOMO.
From the Application screen, tap
"Recommends" tab.
Tap [ おすすめアプリを見る (See
recommended applications)].
Select an application to use.
･
Download screen appears. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
❖Information
If you tap [ おすすめアプリをすべて見る (See all
recommended apps)] in Step 3, Browser activates
and applications recommended by DOCOMO are
displayed in a list.
･ Downloaded applications are displayed in
"Download Application" group in the Application
screen.
･
Checking Home application
information
From the Application screen, tap
and then tap [Application info].
･
The home application information
appears.
docomo Palette UI
89
■
Phone
Making/Receiving a call
Making a call
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap "Dial" tab.
Enter the number of the recipient
and tap .
･
If a wrong number is entered, tap
delete the number.
❖Information
In Step 2, tap
without entering a phone number
to enter the phone number registered as the latest
call in Recent calls.
･ To activate Xperia™ phone application, from the
Home screen, tap , then tap [Dial].
･
Entering pause (,), (;) to send
For using services requiring entry of number
during a call such as check of the balance of a
bank account, reservation of tickets, etc.,
enter an additional number to a phone
number beforehand and make a call.
Enter the phone number, then tap
and tap [Add 2–sec pause].
･
to
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
Using 2-second pause (,)
From the Home screen, tap
then tap "Dial" tab.
Pause (,) is entered.
Enter an additional number, then
tap .
･
Added number will automatically be
sent approximately 2 seconds after the
call is made.
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
■ Using a wait (;)
the Home screen, tap ,
1 From
then tap "Dial" tab.
Enter a phone number, tap
tap [Add wait].
･
Pause (;) is entered.
Enter an additional number, then
tap .
･
and
When a call is received, a confirmation
screen asking if you send the added
number appears. Select "Yes" or "No".
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
Phone
90
Emergency call
When the terminal is within range of the
service area, you can make an emergency call
of 110 (Police), 119 (Fire and ambulance), or
118 (Japan Coast Guard).
From the Home screen, tap
then tap "Dial" tab.
Enter the number of the
emergency call and tap
･
If a wrong number is entered, tap
delete the number.
to
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖Note
If docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the
terminal, emergency calls (110, 119, 118) cannot be
made in Japan.
･ You can make an emergency call by tapping
[Emergency call] on the unlock screen. In Japan,
however, on the PIN code entry screen, while PIN
code locked or while PUK locked, emergency calls
(110, 119, 118) cannot be made.
･
This terminal supports "Emergency call location
information". If you use the terminal to place a call to
emergency numbers such as 110, 119, or 118, the
information of a location where you are calling from
(location information) is automatically notified to the
Emergency call acceptance organization such as the
Police Station.
The Emergency call acceptance organization may not
be able to figure out your exact location depending
on the location where you place a call or radio wave
condition.
If you make a call hiding your caller ID, such as by
entering a phone number with "184" for each call, the
location information and phone number are not
notified. However, the Emergency call acceptance
organization may decide to obtain the location
information and phone number regardless of your
settings when they consider it is necessary for
lifesaving, etc. Note that the areas/time for which the
"Emergency call location information" is ready to be
used vary depending on the preparatory state of each
Emergency call acceptance organization.
･ When calling 110, 119 or 118 for emergency from the
terminal, tell that you are calling from a mobile
phone, and give your phone number and your
current location precisely for checking callback from
the police/fire department. Also, make a point to call
in a stationary position to prevent the call from being
dropped. Do not power off the terminal for at least
10 minutes after the emergency call just in case the
Police or Fire/Ambulance may have to get in contact
with you.
･ Note that you may not connect to the local Fire
Department or Police Station depending on where
you are calling from. In this case, try to call from a
public phone or an ordinary phone in the
neighborhood.
･
Phone
91
Making an international call (WORLD
CALL)
For details on WORLD CALL, refer to
DOCOMO International Services website.
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap "Dial" tab.
Touch and hold [0] key until "+"
sign appears.
･
Enter Country codeuArea code
(City code)uThe number of the
recipient and tap .
･
When making an international call, "+"
is replaced by an international access
code.
If the area code begins with "0", omit "0".
However, "0" may be required to dial to
some countries or areas such as Italy.
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
Receiving a call
While receiving a call, touch and
hold
(left) and drag it to
(right).
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖Information
･
Even if the screen lock is set, you can answer a call by
the same operation.
Muting the ringtone for an incoming
call
When receiving a call, press m
/ P.
❖Information
You can stop vibration by pressing m / P
when silent mode (vibration) is set.
･ On the Home screen etc., press upper or lower of
m to adjust the ringtone volume. For Silent
mode setting, see "Setting Silent mode" (P.49).
･
Phone
92
Declining a call
While receiving a call, touch and
hold
(right) and drag it to
(left).
❖Information
Even if the screen lock is set you can reject a call by
the same operation.
･ If you reject an incoming call during use of Voice Mail
Service, the call is connected to the Voice Mail
service center.
･
Declining an incoming call and
sending a message (SMS)
When you cannot answer a call, you can
reject the call and send a message (SMS).
Message to send is registered in advance, and
you can edit it if necessary.
Drag
upwards when
receiving a call.
Tap a message to send.
･
The message (SMS) is sent to the caller.
❖Information
While Voice Mail service is in use, a call is rejected and
a message (SMS) is sent then the caller is connected
to the Voice Mail service center.
･ To create a new message to send, when receiving a
call, drag
up and tap [Write new
message] to create a message and send. To edit a
message, from the Home screen, tap
and ,
then tap [Call settings]u[Reject call with message] to
select and edit an existing message, then tap [OK].
･
Using Stereo Headset with
Microphone
You can make or answer a call with Stereo
Headset with Microphone (Sample)
connecting to the terminal.
Phone
93
■
Making a call
Make a call with Stereo Headset
with Microphone connected.
･
An operation of making a call is the
same as usual operation (P.90).
Press the switch when the call is
finished.
■
Receiving a call
While receiving a call, press the
switch of Stereo Headset with
Microphone.
･
･
The call is connected.
When receiving a call, you can decline
the call by pressing the switch for over a
second.
After the call is finished, press the
switch again.
❖Information
If you are using regular headphones without a
microphone, you need to speak to the microphone
of the terminal.
･ While listening to music with Stereo Headset with
Microphone connecting to the terminal, you can
pause music and answer a call by pressing the
switch. Music restarts automatically when ending the
call depending on the player application.
･ Connecting and removing Stereo Headset with
Microphone repeatedly during a call may disconnect
a call.
･
Operations during a call
Calling screen
On the Calling screen, you can set
speakerphone or mute, or enter a phone
number to make a call to another party.
Name of the other party
Number of the other party
A photo saved in Phonebook
Call duration time
Speaker : Set speakerphone on/off.
･ Other party's voice can be heard from the speaker
and handsfree call can be made.
･ When you switch to the other screen such as the
Home screen with the speakerphone on,
appears in the status bar.
f Phonebook : View phonebook entry list screen
(P.100).
g Option menu : Set Hold during a call.
･ To cancel Hold, tap [Retrieve call] during Hold.
･ To set a call on hold, "Call waiting" subscription is
required (P.98).
Phone
94
h
Mute : Turn the microphone on/off during a call.
･ When you switch to the other screen such as the
Home screen with Mute on,
appears in the
status bar.
i Dial key : Enter the phone number you want to add
to make a call.
･ The ongoing call is automatically on hold.
･ To add a call, "Call waiting" subscription is
required (P.98).
j Ending a call
❖Note
･
Do not bring the terminal close to your ear with the
speakerphone on to avoid from hearing damage.
❖Information
･
Call history
Showing call history
From the Home screen, tap
then tap "Recent calls" tab.
･
Recent calls screen appears.
Recent calls screen
Incoming call and outgoing call are displayed
by chronological order in the Recent calls
screen.
When you switch to the other screen such as the
Home screen during a call,
appears in the status
bar. Drag the status bar and tap [Ongoing call] to
display the calling screen. Tap [Mute] to set Mute to
on/off for the microphone, or tap [Hang up] to end
the call.
Adjusting the earpiece volume
During a call, press m to
adjust.
❖Information
･
You can adjust the earpiece volume only during a
call.
All tab
Phone number/name
History icons
: Missed call
: Incoming call
: Outgoing call
d Incoming tab
e Outgoing tab
f Call status icons
Phone
95
: Koe-no-Takuhaibin
For details on Koe-no-Takuhaibin, refer to "Koeno-Takuhaibin" (P.98) or NTT DOCOMO website.
: Caller ID notified
: Caller ID hidden
･ It appears when prefix "186" (Notify)/"184" (Not
notify) is entered to a phone number to make a
call, or when you enter a phone number and tap
, then tap [Caller ID notification]uTap [Notify]/
[Not notify] to make a call.
: Incoming/outgoing international call
g Date
h Outgoing
i Phonebook
･
Adding a number from the Recent
calls to Phonebook
On the Recent calls screen (P.95),
tap a phone number and tap [Add
Phonebook].
･
Tap [Register new] or a phonebook
to add.
･
❖Information
･
On the Recent calls screen, tap
and tap [Call
settings] to set/edit "Network service" or "Reject call
with message" (P.97).
Making a call from Recent calls
When you set a Google account etc.,
tap [Register new] so that you can
select that account as a registration
account.
On the Edit profile screen, enter
required items.
･
On the Recent calls screen (P.95),
tap .
Alternatively, touch and hold a phone
number, tap [Edit number before
call]u[Add Phonebook].
You can set a name, mail address,
group, etc. Tap
in "Others", tap
[Add] of an item you want to register,
and then enter.
Tap [Save].
Phone
96
❖Information
Deleting a call history
On the Recent calls screen (P.95),
touch and hold an item you want
to delete in outgoing call log/
incoming call log.
Tap [Delete from call log]u[OK].
❖Information
To delete all items from Incoming log or Outgoing
log, on the Recent calls screen, tap "Incoming" tab/
"Outgoing" tab and tap , then [Delete all]u[OK].
･ To delete all items from Incoming log and Outgoing
log, on the Recent calls screen, tap "All" tab and tap
, then [Delete all]u[OK].
･
Displaying missed calls
Call settings
You can set the network services or edit
Reject call with message.
appears in
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap [Missed call].
When you have missed calls,
the status bar.
For 1 missed call, drag the status bar, "Call back" and
"Message" are displayed below "Missed call". Tap [Call
back] to make a call to the party of the missed call, or
tap [Message] to compose message (SMS) to send to
the party. "Call back" and "Message" may not appear
depending on notifications in the Notification panel.
For multiple missed calls, number of calls appears
below "Missed call".
･ When you have missed calls, an icon appears on the
unlock screen to show that you have missed calls
and a number of those.
･
･
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings].
Recent calls screen appears.
Phone
97
Network
service
Koe-noTakuhaibin
Voice mail
service
Call
forwarding
service
Call Waiting
Caller ID
notification
Nuisance
call blocking
service
Caller ID
display
request
service
Koe-no-Takuhaibin is a
service of taking voice
messages for you.
It is a service of taking
caller's message when
you cannot answer an
incoming call.
It is a service of
transferring call when
you cannot answer an
incoming call.
It is a service of putting
the current call on hold
and answering an
incoming call or making
a call to another party.
Notify the display of the
recipient phone of your
phone number.
Register phone numbers
of nuisance call to reject.
Request number
notification for calls
without phone number
with guidance.
Set action for a second
call.
Notify incoming calls by
SMS while the power is
off or you are out of
service area.
English
Switch the voice
guidance
guidance to English or
Japanese.
Remote
Set to operate Voice Mail
operation Service or Call
settings
forwarding Service using
land-line phone, public
phone or DOCOMO
mobile phone, etc.
Roaming
Set to reject incoming calls overseas or
settings
use roaming guidance (P.247).
Advanced Sub address Set whether "*" in phone
call settings settings
number is identified as a
sub address separator.
Prefix
Register a prefix number
settings
added before phone
number when making a
call.
Reject
Set whether to reject an
unregistered incoming call with
call
unregistered phone
number in the
Phonebook
automatically.
Network
Service
Second call
settings
Call
notification
Phone
98
Sound &
Vibration
settings
Reject call
with
message
Microphone
noise
suppression
Accounts
Use Internet
calling
Phone
ringtone
Vibrate
when
ringing
Set ringtone (P.141).
Set whether to sound
ringtone and vibrate the
terminal when there is an
incoming call (P.141).
Dial pad
Set whether to emit
touch tones dialpad operation sound
(P.141).
Edit/Set a message (SMS) to be sent
when rejecting an incoming call.
Phonebook
On the Phonebook, you can enter various
information for contacts, for example, phone
numbers, mail addresses and various service
accounts.
Displaying phonebook
Make the voice clear to understand for
the other party during a call.
Set Internet phone (SIP) account.
Set Internet phone (SIP) call method.
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [docomo
phonebook]u"Contacts" tab.
･
The phonebook list screen appears.
❖Information
When you use for the first time, "Use of Cloud" screen
appears. Tap [Start] to start using Cloud. Cloud
service in phonebook require DOCOMO's
phonebook application.
･ Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap
and tap
[Phonebook] to display phonebook list screen.
･ Phonebook data can be backed up in a microSD card
using " ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)" app.
For information on backing up, see " ドコモバックアッ
プ (docomo backup)" (P.238).
･ To activate Xperia™ phone application, from the
Home screen, tap , then tap [Contacts].
･
Phone
99
j
Phonebook list screen
On the phonebook list screen, you can view
details of your contacts. You can add a
picture to a phonebook entry, and display
phonebook entries by group.
g h
My profile tab
･ Check your own phone number.
k Index character area
･ Tap index character to display phonebook entries
allocated to the index character.
l Index
･ Display the index character to search entries in
the order of Japanese syllabary, alphabet, etc.
m Search
Contacts tab
Name registered in the phonebook entry
Entry items
･ Icons indicate entry items.
d Photo set in the phonebook entry
e Register
f Groups
･ Select a group to be displayed.
g Communication tab
･ Call history or history of message (SMS), sp-mode
mail and SNS messages are displayed. SNS
messages are displayed only when using "My
SNS" function after using Cloud is started.
h Timeline tab
･ Timeline of SNS/blog by "Friend NEWS" function
and "My SNS" function is displayed. To display,
start using Cloud.
i Option menu
Phone 100
Managing phonebook
Adding a new phonebook entry
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap [Register].
･
On the Edit profile screen, enter
required items.
･
When you set a Google account etc.,
you can select that account as a
registration account.
You can set a name, phone number,
mail address, etc. Tap
in "Others",
tap [Add] of an item you want to
register, and then enter.
Tap [Save].
❖Information
To check the number of registered data in the
Phonebook, from the phonebook list screen, tap ,
then tap [Others]u[About].
･ When you save "Phonetic name (first/last)",
phonebook list is displayed according to Japanese
syllabary order or alphabets order of "Phonetic
name". If you enter "First name/Last name" in Kanji
without entering "Phonetic name" to add
phonebook entry, the name appear in "ABC" field on
the phonebook list screen.
･ If "docomo" account is selected as saving location
when registering phonebook entries, SNS/Blog
accounts can be set.
･
･
To set default phone number or mail address from
multiple phone numbers or mail addresses, on the
Profile screen, touch and hold a phone number or
mail address, then tap [Make default number]/[Make
default address]. The phone number or mail address
is marked on the right. To cancel the setting, on the
Profile screen, touch and hold phone number or mail
address, then tap [Clear default number]/[Clear
default address].
Using phonebook shortcuts
When you tap the photo (image) part on the
phonebook list screen (P.100), shortcuts for
phone, mail, etc. appear. Tap the shortcut to
make a call, or create and send a mail.
Call to registered phone number.
Create and send message (SMS).
Select Email application to create and send an
email.
･ When you set an Email account,
is
displayed as .
･ On the application selection screen, select
"Always" or "Just once" after selecting Email
application.
･ If you do not set Gmail account, tap
to
display a setting wizard. After an account is set,
you can create and send mails.
Phone 101
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
You can use other functions such as displaying a map
from the registered addresses with shortcut.
When multiple phone numbers or mail addresses are
saved, a selection screen appears by tapping a
shortcut. If you mark "Save this selection" and then
select a phone number, mail address, etc. the
selection screen does not appear next time you use
the shortcut.
When multiple phone numbers or mail addresses are
saved, if default phone number or mail address is set,
the selection screen does not appear by tapping a
shortcut.
When you tap a part other than photo (image) on
the phonebook list screen, profile screen of the
phonebook appears instead of shortcuts.
For a phonebook entry with only name, tapping
photo (image) does not display shortcuts.
Making a call using the phonebook
On the Profile screen, tap a phone
number.
Tap [Call].
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap [Search].
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Contacts display order].
Tap any of [Japanese order]/
[Alphabetical order]/[Number
order].
You can set registered phonebook entries to
be displayed in the phonebook list.
All phonebook entries beginning with
those letters (First name/Last name)
appear.
Changing accounts to display
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry to
call.
Searching for a phonebook entry
･
Changing contacts display order
Enter name or reading to search.
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Accounts to display].
Tap [Display all accounts]/
[Customize…].
When you set a Google account etc.,
you can select docomo account,
Google account, etc. as an account to
display.
･ Tap [Customize...], select a checkbox for
each account, and then customize
display of the phonebook list screen.
･
Phone 102
Displaying phonebook entries by
group
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap [Groups].
Select a group.
Phonebook entries are displayed by the
group set when the entry is registered.
･ To hide the group, tap [Close].
Creating a new group in Phonebook
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap [Groups]u[Add].
When "Add" is not displayed, flick on
groups to display.
･ When you set a Google account etc.,
you can select that account for adding.
･
･
Setting group for phonebook entry
On the group addition screen,
enter color, icon, group name, and
tap [OK].
Set a group from phonebook list screen.
･
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap [Groups].
Touch and hold a phonebook entry
to set a group, and then drag it to
any group.
❖Information
To cancel group setting, touch and hold a
phonebook entry you want to cancel, and then drag
it to the set group.
･ When you set Google account etc., display groups by
account. You can set/cancel group in the same
account.
･
The items vary depending on the
account type.
❖Information
You can edit/delete newly created groups and
"Family"/"Friends"/"Company", which are saved by
default. To edit a group, touch and hold a group and
tap [Edit group], then enter editing content and tap
[OK]. To delete a group, touch and hold a group and
tap [Delete group]u[OK]. Phonebook entries
belonged to the deleted group move to the "No
group" tab.
･ For one account, you cannot add a group that has
the same name as existing groups.
･
Phone 103
Editing a phonebook entry
･
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry to
edit.
On the profile screen, tap [Edit].
Select a required item and edit.
･
Tap [Add] to set phone number or mail
address, or tap [Del] to delete the set
information.
Tap [Save].
Registering a phonebook entry to
Favorites
To display phonebook entries added to Favorites, on
the phonebook list screen, tap [Groups]u[Favorites],
or from the Home screen, tap
and then tap
"Favorites" tab.
Setting photo in a phonebook entry
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry you
want to add a picture.
On the profile screen, tap [Edit].
Tap [Setting] for image.
Tap [Take photo]/[Select picture].
Set image range to be displayed,
and then tap [Crop].
You can mark a phonebook entry as a
favorite. The favorite list provides quick
access to the phonebook entry you have
marked.
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry to
combine.
On the profile screen, tap
･
The icon turns to
and the entry is
registered to Favorites.
･
❖Information
･
Phonebook entries saved to the docomo account/
Google account can be added to Favorites.
When you tap [Take photo], select
"Camera" or "Picture effect" and then
select "Always" or "Just once" to take a
photo. For information on how to shoot
by "Picture effect", see "Picture effect"
(P.215).
･ When you tap [Select picture], select
"Album" or "File commander" and then
to select "Always" or "Just once" to
select a picture.
･
Drag or pinch to adjust cropping area
to set image range.
Tap [Save].
Phone 104
❖Information
･
Combining phonebook entries
You can also set photo to a phonebook entry by the
following operation.
From the Home screen, tap , then tap [Album].
Select an image you want to set and tap the screen
and , then tap [Use as]u[Photo of phonebook].
Select a phonebook entry you want to register, set
image range to be displayed, and then tap [Crop].
Setting ringtone
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry to
set ringtone.
On the profile screen, tap
[Set ringtone].
Select a ringtone and tap [Done].
and
❖Information
For docomo account, you can set ringtone by
tapping [Setting] for Ringtone on the Edit profile
screen. For Google account, on Preferred apps
settings (P.148), you can also set "Set all to" or
"Contacts" to "Xperia™", then edit phonebook entry
using "Contacts" app to set ring tone.
･ To set a ringtone other than the ones stored by
default, tap .
･ Depending on the saving account, ringtone can be
set when saving a phonebook entry.
･
You can bind multiple phonebook entries
together into one.
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry to
combine.
On the profile screen, tap
[Join/Separate].
･
and
Phonebook entries to be combined are
displayed.
Tap the phonebook entry to
combine.
❖Information
･
To cancel binding, on the profile screen of a
phonebook entry you want to separate, tap
tap [Join/Separate]u[Separate].
, then
Deleting a phonebook entry
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap [Delete].
Mark the phonebook entry you
want to delete.
If you want to delete all phonebook
entries, tap "Select all".
･ Tap [Index] to search phonebook to
delete.
･
Tap [Delete]u[OK].
Phone 105
❖Information
･
To delete only a phonebook entry, in the phonebook
list screen, tap a phonebook entry you want to delete
and tap , then tap [Delete]u[OK].
Sending phonebook entries via
infrared communication
Checking My profile and editing
information
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap "My profile" tab.
Tap [Edit].
On the My profile screen, enter
necessary information such as
name.
･
Tap [Add] to set phone number or mail
address, and tap [Set] to add SNS or
Blog account. Tap
in "Others", tap
[Add] of an item you want to register,
and then enter.
Tap [Save].
❖Information
You can register multiple phone numbers, mail
addresses, SNS/Blog accounts, etc. in My profile.
･ Name card data created with name card creator
application can be saved to My profile and be
exchanged via network. When you use for the first
time, in the phonebook list screen, tap the "My
profile" tab, [Create new] and follow the onscreen
instructions.
･
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Send via Infrared].
To send an entry, tap [Send one], select
entry to send then tap [OK]u[OK].
･ To send all phonebook entries, tap
[Send all] u Tap [Start], enter docomo
apps password, tap [OK], then enter the
same authentication password as that
of the recipient and tap [OK] u [OK] u
[OK].
･
❖Information
When sending all phonebook entries via infrared
communication, you need to enter authentication
password an docomo apps password.
Authentication password is a 4-digit number fixed up
between you and other party in advance. For the
docomo apps password, see "docomo apps
password" (P.148).
･ To activate infrared communication in a selected
phonebook entry, tap
in the profile screen,
[Infrared]u[OK]u[OK]. To send My profile, tap "My
profile" tab in the phonebook entry list screen, tap
, [Send via infrared]u[OK]u[OK]. If a name card is
stored in My profile, tapping [Send via infrared]
opens a screen to select "send my profile" or
"Exchange name card (via infrared)".
･ Phonebook entries can be sent using "Infrared" app.
For details, refer to "Sending data via infrared
communication" (P.165).
･
Phone 106
Sending phonebook via Bluetooth/
Email/Gmail
Registered phonebook and My profile
information can be sent using Bluetooth
function (P.167), or email attachment
function.
■
Sending phonebook
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap a phonebook entry you
want to send.
On the profile screen, tap
[Share].
Select a sending method.
■
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
Sending phonebook entry currently
displayed
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Import/Export].
Tap [Share phonebook data].
Select a sending method and tap
[Always]/[Just once].
･
■
and
Send all entries displayed in the phonebook
list screen. For conditions for displaying
phonebook entries, see "Changing
accounts to display" (P.102).
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
Sending My profile
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap "My profile" tab.
Tap
and [Share].
Select a sending method.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
To use Bluetooth function, turn on Bluetooth
function (P.168) in advance, or select
[Bluetooth]u[Turn on] in Step 3.
･ To use email, you need to make settings of your
email account (P.113).
･ If you want to send it as an Email/Gmail attachment,
send from a mail composing screen in an account
you have set up. If you do not set a Gmail account, a
setting wizard appears. After an account is set, you
can create and send mails.
･ You cannot send some information such as name
card data set in phonebook.
･
Phone 107
Exporting/Importing
phonebook entries
You can export/import phonebook entries
from/to a microSD card or docomo mini UIM
card. This is useful, for example, when you
want to move the contact information to
another phone.
❖Information
･
You can also use a synchronization service for
synchronizing your phonebook. For details, refer to
"Setting Auto-sync" (P.159).
Exporting phonebook to microSD
card
･
Insert a microSD card in advance (P.33).
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Import/Export].
Tap [Export to SD card].
Tap any of [Export one contact
data]/[Export some contact data]/
[Export all contact data], then tap
[OK].
･
When you tap [Export one contact
data]/[Export some contact data], mark
a contact to export and tap [OK].
Select [No]/[Yes] for attaching
name card.
Tap [OK].
Phone 108
Importing phonebook from microSD
card
･
Insert a microSD card in advance (P.33).
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Import/Export].
Tap [Import from SD card].
When you set a Google account etc.,
you can select that account as an
import account.
･ If there is only one vCard file, the file is
imported immediately.
･
Tap any of [Import one phonebook
data]/[Import multiple phonebook
data]/[Import all phonebook
data], then tap [OK].
If you tap [Import one phonebook
data]/[Import multiple phonebook
data], mark vCard files to import, then
tap [OK].
･ If a file has multiple phonebook entries,
they are imported all at once.
Importing phonebook entries from
docomo mini UIM card
･
･
❖Information
･
For some phonebook entries, a part of data may not
be imported or exported.
Insert a docomo mini UIM card in advance
(P.31).
On the phonebook list screen
(P.100), tap , then tap
[Others]u[Import/Export].
Tap [Import from SIM card].
･
When you set a Google account etc.,
you can select that account as an
import account.
Tap a phonebook entry to import.
Phonebook entries are imported.
Alternatively, touch and hold a contact
to be imported, tap [Import].
･ To import all phonebook entries, tap
and [Import all].
･
･
❖Information
Names and phone numbers can be imported.
If there is a phonebook entry whose name is
matched with the imported entry, the entry is
imported as a separated one.
･ To export phonebook entries to docomo mini UIM
card, use "Contacts" app of Xperia™. Note that only
name and the first phone number can be saved
because of memory space of docomo mini UIM card.
For some phonebook entries, a part of data may not
be exported.
･
･
Phone 109
Mail/Web browser
sp-mode mail
Send/receive mails using DOCOMO mail
address (@docomo.ne.jp).
You can use pictogram and Deco-mail. Mails
can be received automatically. For details on
sp-mode mail, refer to " ご利用ガイドブック (sp
モード編 ) (Mobile Phone User's Guide [spmode]) (in Japanese only)".
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Messaging].
Tap
(New mail).
Enter the recipient's phone
number.
･
From the Home screen, tap
Flick the screen upwards, then tap
[ ダウンロード (Download)].
･
After this step, follow the instructions
on the screen.
❖Information
･
Sending message (SMS)
Tap to display the contacts list
screen to select from registered
contacts. When you enter a name or
phone number in the box at the top of
the screen, a list of contacts matching
the entered numbers or letters appears.
Tap [Write message] and enter a
message.
Tap and [Select message template]
to enter by selecting message template
registered in "Message template
settings" (P.112).
･ When the number of entered
characters comes close to a limit, a
number of enterable characters
appears on the upper left of the text
box.
･
sp-mode mail data can be backed up in a microSD
card using " ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)"
app. For information on backing up, see " ドコモバッ
クアップ (docomo backup)" (P.238).
Message (SMS)
You can send and receive text messages up
to 70 two-byte characters (up to 160 onebyte characters) with a mobile phone
number as the destination.
Tap [Send].
Mail/Web browser 110
❖Information
❖Information
For the character entry, see "Character entry" (P.51).
You can also send/receive text messages to/from
customers of overseas network operators. For details,
see "Mobile Phone Users Guide [International
Services]" or the DOCOMO International Services
website.
･ To send SMS to users of overseas network operators,
enter "+", "Country code" and then "the recipient
mobile phone number". Enter the phone number
without a leading "0", if any. Alternatively, enter "010",
"Country code" then "the recipient mobile phone
number" in order.
To reply to the received SMS overseas, you need to
create a new message (SMS). To send a message, in
Step 3, enter "010", "Country code" then "the recipient
mobile phone number" in order.
･
･
･
Receiving and reading message
(SMS)
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Messaging].
･
Messages (SMS) appear per sender.
Senders with unread messages (SMS)
left are displayed in bold font.
A message (SMS) appears.
Saving phone number of
message (SMS) to Phonebook
Select a sender whose messages
(SMS) you want to read.
･
When you receive a message (SMS),
appears on
the status bar. To read the message (SMS), drag the
status bar downward and tap a notification of
message (SMS).
･ Tap
in a message (SMS) to add
star. To
check starred messages (SMS) in a list, tap
from
the Home screen, tap [Messaging], then tap
and
tap [Starred messages].
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Messaging].
Tap
of phone number to save
and tap [Save].
Tap [Register new] or a phonebook
to add.
･
When you set Google account etc., tap
[Register new] to select the account as
a saving location.
Enter required items and tap
[Save].
❖Information
･
For a sender registered to the phonebook, tap
or
photo (image) in Step 2 to make a call or display the
phonebook entry.
Mail/Web browser 111
Changing settings for
Messaging (SMS)
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Messaging].
Tap
and [Settings].
Deleting a message (SMS)
Set ringtone when receiving a
message (SMS).
Set whether to show message (SMS)
arrival notification in the status bar.
Notification
Set whether to vibrate when
vibration*
receiving a message (SMS).
Notification
Set whether to notify message
light
(SMS) reception by notification LED.
Delivery report Set whether to mark a message
(SMS) you sent each time a recipient
receives the message (SMS).
Message
Register phrase that can be inserted
template
when writing a text.
settings
SIM messages Manage messages (SMS) saved to
docomo mini UIM card.
Push settings Set a message (SMS) sent from the
provider.
SMS center
Check SMS center number.
number
Notification
tone
Notifications
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Messaging].
Tap a sender/recipient whose
messages (SMS) you want to
delete.
Touch and hold a message (SMS)
you want to delete.
Tap [Delete message]u[Delete].
❖Information
To delete several messages (SMS), in Step 3, tap ,
tap [Delete messages], and mark messages (SMS)
you want to delete, then tap and tap [Delete].
･ To delete all messages (SMS), in Step 3, tap
and
[Delete messages], then at the top of the screen, tap
[X selected]u[Mark all], then tap and [Delete].
･
Deleting messages (SMS) by
sender/recipient
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Messaging].
Touch and hold a sender/recipient
you want to delete.
* While the silent mode (mute) is set, the terminal does
not vibrate when receiving a message (SMS).
･
The sender/recipient to be deleted is
marked. To mark all senders/recipients,
tap [X selected]u[Select all].
Tap
and [Delete].
Mail/Web browser 112
❖Information
In Step 2, tap
and tap [Delete conversations] to
select senders/recipients and delete their messages
(SMS) or to delete all senders'/recipients' messages
(SMS).
･
Email
･
You can create an email account provided by
mopera U mail, a POP3 or IMAP compatible
email account provided by general ISP
(provider), or an Exchange ActiveSync
account to send or receive email.
You can set multiple Email accounts.
Making initial setting for Email
Set an Email account following the onscreen
instructions.
For mopera U mail setting procedure, see
"Using mopera U Mail" (P.119).
Set Inbox check frequency, mark
required items and tap [Next].
If a screen for selecting type of account
appears, tap an email account type and
follow the onscreen instructions to set.
Enter account name and name
displayed on emails you send, and
tap [Next].
･
･
Inbox for set email account appears.
If you set an Exchange ActiveSync
account, a name displayed for email
cannot be set. Set up from "Your name"
(P.117) on email account settings after
email initial settings is complete.
❖Information
If you need to make the settings manually, contact
your email service provider or system administrator
for the correct email account settings.
･ If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as an
email account, and if server manager sets Remote
wipe, the data saved in the terminal may be deleted.
･
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Email].
Enter your email address and
password.
Tap [Next].
･
To set up an email account manually,
tap [Manual setup] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
Mail/Web browser 113
❖Information
Creating and sending email
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap
(Compose).
Enter the email address of
recipient.
･
Tap
to display the contacts list
screen to select from registered
contacts. When you enter a name or
email address in the search box at the
top of the screen, a list of contacts
matching the entered numbers or
letters appears.
･ To enter multiple email addresses
directly, separate with a comma (,) and
then enter the next email address.
･ To add Cc or Bcc recipients, tap
and
tap [Show Cc/Bcc].
･
Enter a subject and message.
Tap
(Send).
To attach a file, while creating an email, tap
attach a file in the following step.
and
Add
Select a file from the saved image file list
picture
to attach it.
Take photo Start the camera to take a photo and
attach it.
Add video Select a file from the saved video file list
to attach it.
Record
Start the camera to shoot a video and
video
attach it.
Add sound WALKMAN : Select a file from the saved
music file list to attach it.
Sound Recorder : Record a voice
message and attach it.
Add files Select files from a saved file list to attach.
While creating a mail, tap
and tap [Save draft] to
save a mail as a draft. Also, if you view another screen
while creating an email, the email is automatically
saved as a draft (for saving an email without recipient
or subject, or without message text or attachment as
a draft, tap x).
･ In sent/received emails, a communication data is also
included other than text and image displayed on the
screen and charges will apply to the data.
･ Email is handled as an email from a PC. You cannot
send or receive email if "Reject emails from PCs" is set
on a recipient terminal.
･
Mail/Web browser 114
1
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
･
If you have already set an email
account, tap [Inbox] to select an email
account to receive.
In the Inbox, tap .
Tap an email you want to read.
･
Email message appears.
❖Information
The sender name of a received email is the name set
on sender's terminal.
･ If you set "Email notifications" in Account settings
(P.117) and set "Inbox check frequency" to an item
other than "Manual",
appears in the status bar
when you receive a new email. Drag the status bar
downwards to read the received email.
･ If you set "Inbox check frequency" in Account
settings (P.117) to an item other than "Manual", and if
you are using the pay-as-you-go data
communication, you may be charged every time you
check your email.
･ Tap an address of received email to register the
address to the phonebook. For addresses already
registered to the phonebook or Google Talk,
displaying the phonebook entries, selecting an
application to create mail, etc. are available.
･
In the Inbox or the email message screen, tap
to
add
star and the email is added to "Starred"
folder. To check starred emails in a list, in the Inbox,
[Inbox]u[Show all folders]uTap [Starred].
･ To add star to multiple emails, in the Inbox, mark
emails you want to add stars, then tap
at the
bottom right of the screen.
･
Receiving and reading email
Changing Inbox view
Turn Preview pane on and turn the terminal
sideways to show preview of email message.
To switch to the landscape view, turn Autorotate screen on beforehand (P.48).
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap
and
[Settings]u[General]u[Preview
pane].
Tap [Landscape].
❖Information
･
If you have two or more accounts, change made in
any of the accounts applies to all accounts.
Mail/Web browser 115
Saving attachment file of email
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap email with attached files and
tap .
･
The attached file list is displayed. When
attached file is not loaded, tap [Load].
･
Tap [View] or [Play] to view or play the
attached file.
The attached file is saved on the internal storage.
Deleting email
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap an email to delete.
Tap and [Delete].
･
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap email to reply or forward and
tap .
Tap any of [Reply]/[Reply all]/
[Forward].
･
❖Information
Replying/forwarding email
When you reply or forward an email, the original
message contents for replying or forwarding is
quoted. To delete the quoted message text, unmark
"Include original text".
･ When you forward an email, the attachment file of
the original message is quoted. To cancel quoting
attached file, tap
･
Tap [Save] of file you want to save.
❖Information
･
❖Information
To select and delete several emails, in Inbox, mark
emails you want to delete, tap and [Delete]. Mark
at least 1 email and tap [X selected]u[Mark all] to
mark all emails.
When you tap [Forward], enter an email
address to forward.
Enter a message.
Tap
(Send).
Mail/Web browser 116
Changing Email account
settings
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Email].
Tap
and [Settings].
Tap an Email account you want to
change the settings for.
Change account name.
Change your name (sender name).
Change your signature.
Register phrase that can be inserted
when creating an email.
Default
Set to the default account to send
account
email, if you set two or more email
accounts.
Inbox check
Set whether to check new messages
frequency
automatically and intervals of
automatic check.
Auto download Set whether to download attached
attachments*1 file automatically when connecting
via Wi-Fi.
Email
Set whether to show email arrival
notifications
notification in the status bar.
Select ringtone Set ringtone when receiving an
email.
Vibrate*2
Set whether to vibrate when
receiving an email.
Notification
Set whether to notify email
light
reception by notification LED.
Account name
Your name
Signature
Quick reply
Incoming
Set mail server for receiving.
settings
Outgoing
Set mail server for sending.
settings
Delete account Delete Email account.
*1 Appears when Gmail account (@gmail.com) is set.
*2 While the silent mode (mute) is set, the terminal
does not vibrate when receiving an email.
❖Information
The items vary depending on the account type.
You can also set "Out of office", "Days to sync", "Sync
contacts", and "Sync calendar" for an Exchange
ActiveSync account. "Outgoing settings" is not
required.
･ If you set "Inbox check frequency" to an item other
than "Manual", and if you are using the pay-as-you-go
data communication, you may be charged every
time you check email.
･ If you tap [General] in Step 3, you can change whole
"Email" app settings.
･
･
Mail/Web browser 117
Setting another Email account
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap [Inbox]u[Add account].
Enter your email address and
password.
･
If required, mark "Send email from this
account by default.".
Tap [Next].
Set Inbox check frequency, mark
required items and tap [Next].
･
･
To set up an email account manually,
tap [Manual setup] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
If a screen for selecting type of account
appears, tap an email account type and
follow the onscreen instructions to set.
Enter account name and name
displayed on emails you send, and
tap [Next].
･
･
Inbox for set email account appears.
If you set an Exchange ActiveSync
account, a name displayed for email
cannot be set. Set up from "Your name"
(P.117) on email account settings after
email initial settings is complete.
❖Information
If you need to make the settings manually, contact
your email service provider or system administrator
for the correct email account settings.
･ If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as an
email account, and if server manager sets Remote
wipe, the data saved in the terminal may be deleted.
･ Tap [Inbox] to display a list of set accounts. Tap
[Combined view] to display combined Inbox for all
accounts.
･
Mail/Web browser 118
2
Deleting Email account
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
Tap
and [Settings].
Tap an account to delete.
Tap [Delete account]u[OK].
･
Using mopera U Mail
mopera U users can use mopera U Mail.
For mopera U setting procedure, see "Setting
mopera U" (P.139).
Mail box capacity of mopera U mail is 50 MB.
It supports both POP mail and IMAP mail.
Also, the Web mail system is available.
■
POP mail
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Email].
･
Enter mopera U mail address and
mopera U password, then tap
[Manual setup]/[Next].
If you tap [Next], it changes
automatically to POP3 account. Go to
Step 4.
Tap [POP3] from the type of the
mail account.
Check that you have entered "User
name" and "Password" for mopera
U correctly, and "mail.mopera.net"
for the POP3 server.
･
If you tap [Next] in Step 2,
"mail.mopera.net" is entered in the
POP3 server field.
Select the security type.
Confirm the entry, then tap [Next].
･
When you do not set security, select
"None".
If you already set an Email account, tap
[Inbox]u[Add account].
Mail/Web browser 119
7
Enter "mail.mopera.net" for the
SMTP server and confirm the entry
of "User name" and "Password" for
mopera U.
If you tap [Next] in Step 2, you need to
mark "Require sign–in" to check
entered "User name", "Password" for
mopera U.
･ If you tap [Next] in Step 2,
"mail.mopera.net" is entered in the
SMTP server field. Set "587" in the Port
field.
･
Tap [Next].
On the account setting screen, set
Inbox check frequency, etc. and
tap [Next].
10
On the account setting screen,
enter a display name for sending
mail and tap [Next].
･
The mailer is displayed and the set mail
account is available.
Gmail
You can use Gmail to send and receive emails.
To use Gmail, you need to set up a Google
account. For details, refer to "Setting Google
account" (P.156).
･ After you set Google account, tap [Sync
Gmail] of sync items for Google account
(P.157).
Refreshing Gmail
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Gmail].
･
If you do not set Google account sync,
"Account not synced" screen appears.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
On the Inbox tray, tap
･
Synchronizing "Gmail" app in the
terminal with your Gmail account starts,
and the Inbox is refreshed.
❖Information
･
When "Require sign-in." is unmarked on the SMTP
server setting screen, sending mails is not available.
Mark "Require sign-in.".
Mail/Web browser 120
Google Talk
Early Warning "Area Mail"
You can use Google Talk instant messaging to
chat with friends. To use Google Talk, you
need to make settings of your Google
account. For details, refer to "Setting Google
account" (P.156).
Signing in Google Talk
Signing in is unnecessary if you have already
set a Google account.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Talk].
Tap [Existing] and enter user name
and password.
Tap
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
･
For details on Google Talk, from the Google Talk
screen, tap
and then tap [Help] to refer to.
It is a service with which you can receive
earthquake early warning, etc. delivered by
the Meteorological Agency.
･ Area Mail is a free service for which
subscription is not required.
･ Area Mail cannot be received in the following
case.
- During a voice call
- Out of service area
- While power is off
- During International roaming
- During Airplane mode
- While updating software
- When a SIM other than by DOCOMO is
inserted
- While sending/receiving a message (SMS)
･ Area Mail may not be received when
tethering is set or during packet
communications.
･ Area Mail that could not be received cannot
be received later.
Mail/Web browser 121
Receiving Early Warning "Area
Mail"
･
A notification content screen appears and
you are notified by buzzer sound or
dedicated ringtone and vibration.
Receive Area Mails automatically.
A dedicated ring tone sounds and
notification LED flashes when an
Area Mail is received.
Ringtone and ringtone volume cannot
be changed.
･ The notification LED blinks only when
backlight is off.
･
A message body of Area Mail
appears automatically.
View received Area Mail later
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Disaster kit].
･
When you activate for the first time, " ご
利用にあたって (Terms of use)" appears.
Tap [Agree] to start using.
Tap [Early Warning "Area Mail"].
Select an Area Mail from the Area
Mail list.
You can view message of Area Mail.
Setting Early Warning "Area
Mail"
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Disaster kit].
Tap [Early Warning "Area Mail"].
Tap
and then [Settings].
Receive
setting
Beep tone
Set whether to receive Area Mails.
Set sounding time for Area Mail
reception and whether to sound a
dedicated ringtone even in silent
mode.
Check screen Check the ringtone and screen for
image and
reception of earthquake early warning,
beep tone
tsunami warning or disaster/
evacuation information.
Other
Set receiving/deleting Area Mail other
settings
than earthquake early warning,
tsunami warning and disaster/
evacuation information.
❖Information
･
Area Mail cannot be set when docomo mini UIM card
is not inserted.
Mail/Web browser 122
2
Web browser
You can view web pages using web browser
like on a PC.
Web browser can be used via packet
communication or Wi-Fi network.
From the Home screen, tap
･
A browser screen appears.
❖Information
Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap , then
tap [Chrome] to access the Internet to view web
pages.
･
Displaying web pages
Moving to a web page
Tap the address entry field on the
top of the web page in the Browser
screen.
･
･
As you enter an address or characters,
retrieved web pages list appears.
Tap the displayed candidates list
or [ 確定 (OK)] on the keyboard u[ 実
行 (Go)].
･
Opening Browser
Enter a web page address or
keyword to search.
You can move the web page.
❖Information
･
In Step 2, you can tap in the address entry field to
enter search words by voice and search a web page.
Going back to the previous page
Tap x.
Adding a new tab
Open multiple tabs and view web pages.
On the Browser screen, tap
･
and
A new tab opens in the default home
page.
If web page address entry field is not
displayed, flick down the screen to
display.
Mail/Web browser 123
Opening new incognito tab
Closing a tab
You can view web pages without browser
history or search history.
On the Browser screen, tap
Tap [New incognito tab].
･
･
For information on displaying web
page, see "Moving to a web page"
(P.123).
is displayed in the upper part of the screen while
viewing in the incognito tab.
･ Web pages you view in the incognito tab does not
appear in the history. When the tab is closed, the
record of Cookies etc. is erased. Downloaded files or
bookmarked web pages are saved even for the
incognito tab.
･
Switching tabs
Alternatively, flick a tab left or right to
close it.
Zooming in/out a web page
Display a web page.
❖Information
･
and
A new tab opens and descriptions for
the incognito mode appear.
On the Browser screen, tap
and
then tap
of a tab to close.
Pinch in/out on the browser
screen.
❖Information
Alternatively, double-tap the browser screen to
zoom in.
･ Web pages created to fit to the screen cannot be
zoomed in/out.
･
Searching text in a web page
On the Browser screen, tap
tap [Find on page].
･
On the Browser screen, tap
and
then tap a tab you want to display.
and
The search bar appears in the upper
part of the screen.
Enter a search word.
When you enter characters, matching
characters are emphasized.
･ Tap
to move to next/previous
matched item.
･
❖Information
･
Tap
to close the search bar.
Mail/Web browser 124
Copying text in a web page
Setting a home page
On the Browser screen, touch and
hold text you want to copy.
Drag or to select a range of
text to copy.
･
Selected text is highlighted in blue.
Tap
Touch and hold the entry field on
the pasting location, and tap
[PASTE].
･
Tap [Set homepage] to select an
item you want to set as home
page.
You can make settings for homepage, privacy
and security, page display, etc.
On the Browser screen, tap
[Settings].
Select an item to change.
Operating links
Open the web page you want to
operate the links.
Tap a link.
･
Link is highlighted and move to linked
web page.
❖Information
When you touch and hold a link including a link or
image, or image, "Open", "Open in new tab", "Save
link", "Copy link URL", "Select text", "Save image", "View
image", "Set as wallpaper" and "Share link" appear.
･ When you download a file by "Save link" from
websites which require Basic authentication or SSL
session, the downloading may be failed.
･ Browser recognizes some phone numbers that allow
you to call the phone number. Tap the phone
number to call.
･
Changing Browser settings
On the Browser screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[General].
(Copy).
On some web pages, selecting characters may not
be available.
A message "Text copied to clipboard."
appears.
❖Information
･
Set home page for opening new tab.
and
Mail/Web browser 125
Managing bookmarks and
history
Opening a bookmark
On the Browser screen, tap
[Bookmarks].
Tap the bookmark you want to
open.
You can check history, save bookmarks, etc.
Bookmarking a web page
On the Browser screen, display the
web page you want to bookmark.
Tap
and [Save to bookmarks].
Set label etc. and tap [OK].
･
You can set the following options.
Label
Address
Account
Add to
Set a name displayed to the bookmark.
Set URL saved to the bookmark.
When you set a Google account etc. and
sync with the browser, you can select
the account as a bookmark saving
location.
Add a shortcut of the bookmark on the
Home screen or create a folder.
and
❖Information
･
Touch and hold a bookmark to edit or delete it.
Checking history
On the Browser screen, tap
and
tap [Bookmarks]u"History" tab.
Tap the time you browsed the web
page, such as [Today] or
[Yesterday].
To check your most visited web pages,
tap [Most visited].
･ Tap a history to open a web page.
･
❖Information
･
On the Browser screen, touch and hold x to
check the history.
Mail/Web browser 126
Clearing history
On the Browser screen, tap
and
tap [Bookmarks]u"History" tab.
Tap a time when you viewed, touch
and hold a history you want to
delete, then tap [Remove from
history].
❖Information
To delete history, tap
on the browser screen and
[Settings]u[Privacy & security]u[Clear history]u[OK].
･ To delete temporary Internet files such as cache, on
the Browser screen, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[Privacy & security] and set each item.
･
Mail/Web browser 127
Settings
Viewing the setting menu
■
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Setting menu
WIRELESS & NETWORKS
DEVICE
PERSONAL
ACCOUNTS
SYSTEM
P.128
P.140
P.148
P.156
P.160
❖Information
･
More...
Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap
and
then tap [Settings], or drag the status bar downwards
and tap [Settings] to display the Settings screen.
Wireless & networks
You can make settings related to networks
such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth function.
Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
Data usage
P.128
P.132, P.167
P.133
Airplane mode
VPN
Tethering & portable
hotspot
Media server settings
Location-based Wi-Fi
Mobile networks
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
settings
P.134
P.135
P.136
P.175
P.138
P.138, P.244
P.180
Wi-Fi
Using the Wi-Fi function, you can connect to
an access point for your home, company
network or public wireless LAN services to
use mail and Internet.
･ Even when Wi-Fi is on, packet communication
is available. However, while you connect Wi-Fi
network, Wi-Fi comes first.
･ When a Wi-Fi network is disconnected,
connection is automatically switched to a
LTE/WCDMA/GSM network mode. Note that
packet communication fee may apply if
network connection stays switched.
･ Turn the Wi-Fi function to off when you do
not use Wi-Fi to cut battery power
consumption.
･ If you start Wi-Fi connection while using Wi-Fi
Direct function (P.132) or during Screen
mirroring (P.147), Wi-Fi Direct function/Screen
mirroring is terminated.
Settings 128
Before using Wi-Fi
Turning on Wi-Fi
To use Wi-Fi function, turn on Wi-Fi and
search available Wi-Fi network, then connect
it.
･ To access the Internet using Wi-Fi function,
connect to Wi-Fi network in advance.
❖Information
･
Make sure to receive signal strong enough for using
Wi-Fi function. The signal strength of the Wi-Fi
network varies by the location of the terminal.
Moving closer to the Wi-Fi router might improve the
signal reception.
■
Reception interference caused by
Bluetooth devices
Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN
(IEEE802.11b/g/n) devices use the same
frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use
Bluetooth devices near a wireless LAN
device, reception interference may occur or
the communications speed may lower.
Also, you may hear noise or have a
connection problem. Communication may
be interrupted or sound may be lost while
streaming data, etc. In these cases, do the
following:
･ Keep the terminal and Bluetooth device
to be connected wirelessly 10 or more
meters away from a wireless LAN device.
･ Within 10 meters, turn off the Bluetooth
device to be connected.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap
of Wi-Fi or drag it to the
right.
❖Information
It may take a few seconds before the Wi-Fi
connection is on.
･ Alternatively, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[Wi-Fi] to turn on/off Wi-Fi function.
･
Connecting to a Wi-Fi network
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
･
Available Wi-Fi networks or secured WiFi networks are displayed.
Select a Wi-Fi network to connect.
To connect to a protected Wi-Fi
network, enter the password and tap
[Connect].
･ To connect Wi-Fi network with WPS
compatible device, tap , or tap ,
then tap [WPS Pin Entry]. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
･
Settings 129
❖Information
The next time you connect to a Wi-Fi network, the
password is saved in the terminal.
･ If you enter a wrong password (security key) when
selecting an access point to connect, any of the
following appears.
- Saved, Secured with WEP
- Saved, Secured with WPA/WPA2
- Saved, Secured with 802.1x
- Avoided poor Internet connection*
- Authentication problem
- Limited connectivity
* It may take 5 minutes or more to display the
message after [Connect] is tapped.
Check a password (security key).
When any of above messages appears even if you
enter a correct password (security key), the correct IP
address may not have been acquired. Check the
signal status and reconnect.
･ To use docomo service via Wi-Fi, setting "Wi-Fi option
password" is required. To set, from the Settings
screen (P.128), tap [docomo service]u[Wi-Fi settings
for docomo apps]u[Wi-Fi option password].
■
･
Wi-Fi network status icons on status
bar
The following icons appear according to the
Wi-Fi network connection status.
Appears when connected to Wi-Fi network.
Appears when communicating via Wi-Fi network.
Appears when connected to Wi-Fi network using
Auto IP function.
Appears when any open network within the
service area is detected.*
* Without connected to Wi-Fi network, you need to set
Wi-Fi Network notification to on beforehand (P.131).
Disconnecting a Wi-Fi network
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap the Wi-Fi network that is
currently connected.
Tap [Forget].
Wi-Fi network status
When you are connected to a Wi-Fi network
or when there are Wi-Fi networks available in
your vicinity, you can see the status of these
Wi-Fi networks. You can also set the terminal
to notify you when an unsecured Wi-Fi
network is detected.
･ You need to turn on the Wi-Fi setting
beforehand depending on setting (P.129).
Settings 130
Setting the Wi-Fi open network
notification to ON
If required, enter security
information for the Wi-Fi network
you want to add.
Tap [Save].
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap
and [Advanced].
Mark "Network notification".
Viewing detailed information on a
connected Wi-Fi network
Scanning for Wi-Fi networks
manually
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap
Tap a Wi-Fi network in the list to
connect.
･
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap the Wi-Fi network that is
currently connected.
･
and [Scan].
Scanning Wi-Fi networks starts.
Adding a Wi-Fi network manually
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap
and enter a network SSID
of the Wi-Fi network you want to
add.
Tap "Security" setting item and tap
a security type of the Wi-Fi
network you want to add.
･
4 options, "None", "WEP", "WPA/WPA2
PSK", or "802.1x EAP", appear.
The detailed network information is
displayed.
❖Information
･
In Step 2, tap , then tap [Advanced] to enable/
disable Auto IP support or check "MAC address" and
"IP address".
Changing Wi-Fi sleep policy
You can choose to disable the Wi-Fi function
in the terminal when the screen backlight
turns off. You can also set the terminal to
always turn on the Wi-Fi function or to always
turn it on when the terminal is charged.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap
and [Advanced].
Tap [Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep].
Settings 131
4
Tap any of [Always]/[Only when
plugged in]/[Never (increases data
usage)].
❖Information
･
When a Wi-Fi network is disconnected, connection is
automatically switched to a LTE/WCDMA/GSM
network mode.
❖Information
To use the Wi-Fi Direct function, you need an
application compatible with Wi-Fi Direct function.
The function becomes available when you install a
compatible application.
･ If you start Wi-Fi Direct connection during Wi-Fi
connection, Wi-Fi connection is disconnected and
switched to packet communication (LTE/WCDMA/
GSM).
･
Using Wi-Fi Direct compatible device
You can connect among the devices
compatible with Wi-Fi Direct via Wi-Fi even
without configuring access point.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Wi-Fi].
Tap
Select a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device name to connect.
･
Bluetooth
Connect Bluetooth device wirelessly using
Bluetooth function. For details on Bluetooth
communication, see "Using Bluetooth
function" (P.167).
and [Wi-Fi Direct].
A list of detected Wi-Fi Direct devices
appears.
If a note appears, tap [OK].
Tap [Search for devices] to refresh the
detection list.
･ To change the terminal name displayed
on the detected Wi-Fi Direct
compatible device, tap [Rename
device].
･
･
Settings 132
Data usage
Enable/Disable mobile data communication
or set data usage limit.
❖Information
･
You can check communication volume for each
application. For some applications, the settings can
be displayed.
Enabling mobile data
communication
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap
of Mobile data
communication or drag it to the
right.
Read the note and tap [Yes].
❖Information
･
Alternatively, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[Mobile data] to turn on/off mobile data
communication.
Setting data usage limit
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap [Set mobile data limit] and
read the notes, and then tap [OK].
･
❖Information
Note that mobile data communication will be
disabled when data usage volume reaches to the
limit.
･ Change the setting value for data usage limit and the
value for alert by dragging the right end of each bar
in the graph.
･
Setting Data usage cycle
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap "Data usage cycle" setting
item and tap the set period/
[Change cycle...].
･
When you tap [Change cycle...], select
reset date and tap [Set].
Permitting data roaming
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap
and [Data roaming], then
read the notes and then tap [OK].
･
"Data roaming" is marked.
"Set mobile data limit" is marked.
Settings 133
Restricting background data
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap
and [Restrict background
data], then read the notes and
then tap [OK].
･
"Restrict background data" is marked.
❖Information
･
To restrict use of specified Wi-Fi network, in Step 2,
tap
and tap [Mobile hotspots], then mark a Wi-Fi
network you want to restrict.
Displaying Wi-Fi usage status
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap
and mark "Show Wi-Fi
usage".
･
"Wi-Fi" tab is displayed and tap it to
check Wi-Fi usage condition.
Airplane mode
In this mode, the functions of using radio
wave transmissions such as calling, accessing
to the Internet (including sending/receiving
mails), etc. are disabled. It is useful when you
want to operate the terminal with no
interruption of incoming calls or mails.
Turning on Airplane mode
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...].
Mark [Airplane mode].
･
When you unmark "Airplane mode", the
Airplane mode turns off.
❖Information
Alternatively, press and hold P for over a second
and then tap [Airplane mode] in the pop-up screen,
or drag the status bar downward and tap [Airplane]
to set Airplane mode to on/off.
･ Even if Airplane mode is on, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth function
and NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function can be turned
on. Be careful not to use Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC
Reader/Writer, P2P functions in a place where the use
is prohibited such as in a airplane or hospital.
･
Settings 134
Connecting to a VPN (Virtual
Private Network)
Virtual Private Network (VPN) is a technology
to connect to the information in a protected
local network from another network.
Generally, VPNs are provided to companies,
schools and other facilities. A user can access
to the information in the local network from
outside of the premises.
To set up a VPN access from the terminal, you
need to retrieve the information related to
security from your network administrator. For
details, see the following website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (In
Japanese only)
❖Information
･
If you set sp-mode as an ISP, you cannot use PPTP.
Adding a VPN
When an editing screen is
displayed, follow the instruction of
the network administrator to
enter/set required items of VPN
settings.
Tap [Save].
❖Information
･
Added VPNs can be edited/deleted.
To edit VPNs, touch and hold a VPN you want to
change, then tap [Edit profile]. Change the VPN
settings as required and tap [Save]. To delete, touch
and hold a VPN you want to delete, then tap [Delete
profile].
Connecting to a VPN
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[VPN].
Tap a VPN to connect to.
Enter required authentication
infromation and tap [Connect].
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[VPN].
･
When the note appears, follow the
onscreen instructions to set unlocking
method of screen lock. For details, see
"Setting screen unlock method" (P.152).
Tap [Add VPN profile].
･
When you are connected to a VPN,
appears in the status bar.
Disconnecting a VPN
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap a notification that indicates
VPN connected.
Tap [Disconnect].
Settings 135
Using tethering function
When you connect microUSB cable for
the first time, the driver software for the
terminal is installed to a PC. Wait for a
while until installation is completed.
･ When "PC Companion software" screen
appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].
･
Tethering stands for using mobile devices
such as smartphone as modem to allow USB
compatible devices or wireless LAN devices
to access the Internet.
❖Information
Packet communication charge when using tethering
varies depending on the charging plan you use.
Subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly
recommended.
･ For details on usage charge, see the following
website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
･ When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted,
mobile data communication is disabled, or out of
service area, USB tethering or Wi-Fi tethering is not
available.
･
Setting USB tethering
Connecting the terminal to a USB compatible
PC with Micro USB Cable 01 (optional), and
using the terminal as a modem, you can
connect the PC to the Internet.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Tethering &
portable hotspot].
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable (P.39).
Tap [USB tethering].
Confirm "Details", then tap [OK].
･
"USB tethering" is marked.
❖Information
System requirements (OS) for USB tethering are as
follows.
- Microsoft Windows 8
- Microsoft Windows 7
- Microsoft Windows Vista
- Microsoft Windows XP*
- Linux
* For Microsoft Windows XP, installation of PC
Companion is required.
･ During USB tethering, the terminal storage cannot
be mounted with a PC.
･ For details such as method of USB tethering for other
OS, see the following website.
http://www.android.com/tether#usb
･
Settings 136
Setting Wi-Fi tethering
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Tethering &
portable hotspot].
Tap [Portable Wi-Fi hotspot].
Confirm "Details", then tap [OK].
･
"Portable Wi-Fi hotspot" is marked.
❖Information
If Wi-Fi tethering starts while connecting to Wi-Fi
network, Wi-Fi network is disconnected and
automatically connected when Wi-Fi tethering ends.
Alternatively, when the terminal and DLNA device
are connected via Wi-Fi network, starting/ending WiFi tethering affects Wi-Fi connection.
･ USB tethering and Wi-Fi tethering can be used at the
same time.
･ Alternatively, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[Hotspot] to set Wi-Fi tethering function to on/off.
･ For details on Wi-Fi tethering, see the following
website.
http://www.android.com/tether#wifi
Setting up a portable Wi-Fi hotspot
You can use the terminal as a Wi-Fi access
point to connect up to 10 wireless LAN
devices to the Internet simultaneously.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Tethering &
portable hotspot].
Tap [Portable Wi-Fi hotspot
settings]u[Configure Wi-Fi
hotspot].
Enter a network SSID of the Wi-Fi
access point to set.
･
･
"Xperia A_XXXX" is set by default.
Tap "Security" setting item and tap
a security type of the Wi-Fi
network to set.
･
"None" and "WPA2 PSK" appear.
Enter security information of the
Wi-Fi access point to set as
required.
Tap [Save].
❖Information
･
By default, the password is set at random. You can
change the password as desired.
Settings 137
Using Location-based Wi-Fi
Connect to Wi-Fi within only neighboring
place you registered to reduce the battery
power consumption.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Location-based WiFi].
Tap
of Location-based Wi-Fi
or drag it to the right.
･
When Wi-Fi network is not registered,
tap [Set up Wi-Fi] to connect to Wi-Fi
(P.129).
Setting an access point
An access point for connecting to the
Internet (sp-mode, mopera U) is already
registered. You can add or change it if
necessary.
By default, sp-mode (P.139) is set for the usual
access point.
Checking the access point in use
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Access Point Names].
･
･
Available access points (APN) appear.
It is recommended that you use the
displayed access point without editing.
❖Information
･
If you have several available connections, a marked
radio button to the right indicates the active network
connection.
Setting an access point additionally
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Access Point Names].
Tap
and [New APN].
Tap [Name], enter a name and tap
[OK].
Tap [APN] and enter the access
point name and tap [OK].
Tap and enter all other
information required by your
network operator.
Tap
and [Save].
Settings 138
❖Information
Do not change the MCC/MNC. If you change MCC/
MNC to other than the default value (440/10), the set
new APN does not appear on the APNs screen. When
the set new APN does not appear on the APNs
screen, tap
to make APN settings with "Reset to
default" or "New APN" again.
･ Note that, when using the prediction conversion by
one-byte alphabet entry mode (English mode) with
mark in "Auto space" (P.67) on Japanese keyboard
settings screen, spaces may be entered automatically
when the prediction option is confirmed. In this case,
delete spaces.
mopera U
･
Initializing an access point
By initializing an access point, the default
state is restored.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Access Point Names].
Tap
and tap [Reset to default].
sp-mode
sp-mode is ISP for NTT DOCOMO
smartphone. In addition to accessing
Internet, you can use the mail service using
the same address as imode mail
(@docomo.ne.jp), etc. sp-mode is a service
requiring subscription. For details on spmode, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
mopera U is ISP of NTT DOCOMO's Internet
connection. If you have subscribed to
mopera U, you can use Internet after making
the simple settings. mopera U is a service
requiring subscription.
Setting mopera U
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Access Point Names].
Mark "mopera U" or "mopera U設定
(mopera U settings)" radio button.
･
Return to the Home screen and open
the Browser. You can enjoy the nice
Internet access.
❖Information
･
"mopera U 設定 (mopera U settings)" is an access
point for setting mopera U. When you use the access
point for setting mopera U, packet communication
charges for setting do not apply. Note that you can
set only the initial setting screen or the change
setting screen. For details on mopera U settings, refer
to mopera U website.
Settings 139
Device
Call settings
You can use the network services and search
for available networks. For Call settings, see
"Call settings" (P.97).
Screen lock
Set whether to emit sound for
sound
unlocking the screen lock.
Vibrate on touch Set whether to vibrate the terminal
for some operations such as
specified software key operation.
Adjusting each sound volume
･
Sound
Set ringtones, operation sound, vibrator, etc.
･ For Silent mode, see "Setting Silent mode"
(P.49).
Set sound quality optimized for the
built-in speaker.
xLOUD™
Set audio playback level
enhancement technology
("xLOUD") to enjoy powerful
sounds with the built-in speaker
when playing WALKMAN, YouTube,
Album, etc.
Volumes
P.140
Phone ringtone P.141
Vibrate when
P.141
ringing
Notification
P.141
sound
Dial pad touch P.141
tones
Touch sounds
P.141
Clear Phase™
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Sound]u[Volumes].
Adjust the volume of following items.
- Music, video, games & other media
- Ringtone & notifications
- Alarms
Drag the slider to the right or left.
Tap [OK].
･
Drag the slider to the left for volume
down, or to the right for volume up.
❖Information
･
Even if alarm volume is set in Volumes, "Alarm
volume" (P.235) set in "Alarm & clock" app is given
priority.
Settings 140
Adjusting the ringtone volume with
the volume key
From the Home screen, press up or
down of m.
･
Setting vibration when receiving a
call
The volume adjustment bar appears,
you can adjust the volume up or down.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Sound] and mark "Vibrate
when ringing".
･
❖Information
･
You can also press m or P to mute the
ringtone for an incoming call.
Setting a ringtone/notification sound
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Sound]u[Phone ringtone]/
[Notification sound].
Select a ringtone/notification
sound and tap [Done].
❖Information
You can set voice file in ".wav"/".m4a" or in other
format which is transferred from Media Go (P.174) or
downloaded from the Internet as a ringtone or
notification sound.
･ To set a ringtone or notification sound other than the
ones stored by default, tap .
･
Ringtone sounds and the terminal
vibrates when there is an incoming call.
Setting touch tones to ON
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Sound].
Mark "Dial pad touch tones"/
"Touch sounds".
･
If you unmark them, any operation
tones do not sound when you tap.
❖Information
"Dial pad touch tones" is a sound for operations on
the dial pad. "Touch sounds" is a sound for selecting
menu.
･ To set the key sound of software keyboard, set from
"Setting character entry" (P.65).
･
Settings 141
Display
Set brightness, orientation of the screen, etc.
To view photos or movies
colorfully and beautifully, set
image quality improving
procedure (Mobile BRAVIA
Engine 2). It adjusts contrast,
color shade, etc.*
Brightness
P.142
Wallpaper
P.78
Auto-rotate screen P.48
Sleep
P.142
Font size
Set font size.
Theme
Set a background for the Home
screen, Settings screen, etc.
Lock screen
P.142
Mobile BRAVIA
Engine 2
❖Information
Mark "Adapt to lighting conditions" to adjust
brightness automatically according to the ambient
brightness with reference to the manually set
brightness.
･ Drag the status bar downwards and tap [Backlight] to
set the screen brightness to the maximum value, or
cancel the setting.
･
Adjusting the idle time before the
screen turns off
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Display]u[Sleep].
Select a time option before the
screen back light turns off.
❖Information
･
* Image quality improving procedure for still pictures is
effective only for viewing in the album application.
Adjusting the screen brightness
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Display]u[Brightness].
Drag the slider to the right or left.
･
Drag the slider to the left for dimmer
screen, or to the right for brighter
screen.
To turn the screen back light off immediately, press
P.
Changing wallpaper of the unlock
screen
･
Only when "Set all to" or "Lock screen" in
Preferred apps settings (P.148) to "Xperia™",
and set the screen unlock method (P.152) to
"Swipe/Touch", you can change the wallpaper.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Display]u[Lock screen].
Tap [OK].
Settings 142
2
Tap [Wallpaper]u[Album]/
[Xperia™ wallpapers].
･
For details on setting procedure, see
Step 2 in "Changing wallpaper" (P.78).
Storage
Check memory volume of internal storage,
microSD card, and USB storage. And you can
delete data in the microSD card and USB
storage and format.
USB storage is an external memory such as a
microSD card connected to the terminal
using commercially available reader/writer
cable.
INTERNAL STORAGE
Check memory space for Apps,
Total space
Pictures, videos, Audio (music,
ringtones, etc.), Downloads, Misc.
and available space in the internal
storage.
SD CARD
Check available memory space etc.
Total space
of microSD card.
Unmount SD Cancel connection of microSD card
card*1
to remove it safely.
Mount SD
Have microSD card recognized.
*1
card
Erase SD card*1 P.144
Delete data in the microSD card and
encrypt the microSD card so that it
cannot be used on other terminal or
a PC.
EXTERNAL USB STORAGE
Check available memory space of
Total space
USB storage.
Unmount USB Cancel connection of USB storage
storage*1
to remove it safely.
Mount USB
Have USB storage recognized.
storage*1
Clear USB
P.144
storage*1
MISCELLANEOUS
Transfer data to Transfer images, videos, music data
SD card
in the internal storage to the
microSD card.
Encrypt SD
card*2
*1 Displayed items vary depending on condition of
microSD card or USB storage recognition.
*2 Set the unlock method for the screen lock to "PIN"/
"Password" in advance (P.152).
❖Information
･
To decrypt SD card, reset the terminal (P.156).
Settings 143
Formatting microSD card
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Storage].
Tap [Erase SD card]u[Erase SD
card].
･
Enter your screen unlock method as
required.
Tap [Erase everything].
❖Information
･
Formatting microSD card deletes all the data in it.
Formatting USB storage
･
Insert external memory such as a microSD
card into commercially available reader/writer
cable and connect the cable to the terminal in
advance.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Storage].
Tap [Clear USB storage]u[Erase].
･
Increasing the available memory of
the terminal
If the terminal has a small memory, you can
perform the following operations to increase
available memory.
･ In the browser, you can clear all temporary
Internet files and browser history information.
For details, see "Clearing history" (P.127).
･ Uninstall programs that you no longer use. For
details, see "Deleting installed application"
(P.146).
Power management
You can check battery consumption and set
Power Saver.
Battery
Power Saver
Display battery consumption,
remaining battery level, etc.
Set Power Saver to reduce
battery power consumption.
Enter your screen unlock method as
required.
Tap [Erase everything].
❖Information
･
Formatting USB storage (external memory such as
microSD card) deletes all the data in it.
Settings 144
Apps
Manage and delete installed applications,
display memory usage condition, etc. or
change the settings.
Viewing permitted operation of the
applications in the terminal
You can check functions which are permitted
to access to each application in the progress
of performing, such as network
communication function or location
information function of the terminal.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to view.
Flick the screen up to view
permitted operations.
･
If all permitted operations do not
appear, tap [Show all].
Force-quitting an application
If a pop-up window appears to indicate the
application does not reply, you can force-quit
the application.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to force-quit.
Tap [Force stop].
Read the notes and then tap [OK].
❖Information
･
When you do not want to force-quite the
application, tap [Cancel] and wait for a reply of the
application.
Deleting all data of the application
･
Before deleting all installed application data,
back up contents related to the application
that you want to save including data saved in
the application.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to delete the
data.
Tap [Clear data].
Read the notes and then tap [OK].
Settings 145
Deleting installed application
Disabling application
Before deleting installed application, back up
contents related to the application that you
want to save including data saved in the
application.
･ Some applications cannot be deleted.
You can disable some applications which
cannot be uninstalled or services. Disabled
applications are not displayed on the
Application screen and you cannot execute
them, but they are not uninstalled.
･
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to be deleted.
Tap [Uninstall].
Tap [OK].
When uninstallation is completed,
tap [OK].
❖Information
Some applications pre-installed in the terminal
cannot be uninstalled. For some applications which
cannot be uninstalled, disabling is possible (P.146).
･ Applications downloaded from Play Store are
recommended to be deleted from the Google Play
screen (P.180).
･ Applications can be deleted from the Application
screen. For details, see "Uninstalling an application"
(P.86).
･
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Flick the screen to the left to
display "All" tab.
Tap an application to be disabled.
Tap [Disable].
Read the notes and then tap [OK].
･
To enable again, tap [Enable].
❖Information
･
When you disabled an application, some other
applications linked to the disabled application may
not be operated correctly. Enable the disabled
application again to operate them correctly.
Settings 146
Deleting cache of the application
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to delete cache.
Tap [Clear cache].
Deleting settings for activating the
application
You can delete settings for activating the
application and restore to the default.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Apps].
Tap an application to delete its
settings.
Tap [Clear defaults].
Xperia™
Set preferred application in the terminal. You
can also make settings for USB connection or
Wi-Fi connection to a PC or other devices.
About
PlayStation
Certified
Battery life
Check trademarks of PlayStation.
Connect to a TV that supports
Screen mirroring*2 to display the
screen of the terminal.
Smart Connect Set to activate applications
automatically when you connect
the Stereo Headset with
Microphone (Sample), a
commercially available earphone or
the AC adapter for charging. Also,
set how applications operate when
activating or deactivating.
Start
Set to allow a device compatible
MirrorLink™
with MirrorLink™ to operate the
terminal using microUSB cable.
Throw settings Play various contents in the terminal
with other device.
USB
P.172
Connectivity
Screen
mirroring*1
*1 Data with copyright protection cannot displayed.
Depending on usage environment, image or sound
may be interrupted or stopped.
Covering around the Wi-Fi antenna with your hand
may affect the quality of communications.
If you start Screen mirroring during Wi-Fi
connection, Wi-Fi connection is disconnected and
switched to packet communication (LTE/WCDMA/
GSM).
*2 Connection is available only with a device that
supports HDCP.
Display performance of the internal
battery.
Preferred apps P.148
settings
Settings 147
Setting preferred apps
You can set for applications (Home app, lock
screen, phonebook app, application for play
back videos or music) used in the terminal all
at once or individually.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Xperia™].
[Preferred apps settings]uTap any
of [Set all to]/[Home screen]/[Lock
screen]/[Contacts]/[Player(music
and video)].
Tap [docomo]/[Xperia™].
･
"docomo" or "Xperia™" is set as a using
application.
❖Information
･
To set preferred apps all at once, from the Home
screen, tap [Preferred apps settings]u[OK].
PERSONAL
docomo service
You can set passwords for applications
provided by docomo or to use the services
supporting AUTO-GPS.
Set to check update for
applications regularly.
Set to use docomo service
when connecting Wi-Fi.
Set a password for applications
provided by docomo. docomo
apps password is set "0000" by
default.
AUTO-GPS
Set to use the services
supporting AUTO-GPS.
docomo location
Set location information
information
function for imadoco search,
imadocokantan search and
Keitai-Osagashi Service.
docomo Wi-Fi Easy Set the terminal for using
Connection
docomo Wi-Fi or home Wi-Fi.
Set totaling cycle or starting/
データ量確認アプリ
(Check data volume stopping measuring for データ
application)
量確認アプリ (Check data
volume application).
Open source
View open source licenses.
licenses
Application
manager
Wi-Fi settings for
docomo apps
docomo apps
password
Settings 148
Location services
Set whether to permit the location
information service.
Access to my
location
GPS satellites
P.228
Set whether to permit
applications to identify your
current location using GPS.
Google's location Set whether to permit Google to
service
use location information using
result etc. of Google search.
Security
Set options related to security.
Screen lock
Improve face
matching*1
Liveness check*1
P.152
Improve face lock accuracy.
Set whether to require blinking
for unlocking by Face Unlock.
Make pattern
Set whether to show pattern
visible*1
when entering pattern.
Automatically lock*1 Set interval time before locking
automatically when turning off
the screen.
Power button
Set whether to enable screen
instantly locks*1
lock by pressing P.
Vibrate on touch*1 Set whether to vibrate when
unlocking operation.
Owner info
Set text to be displayed on the
unlock screen.
Encrypt the internal storage. If
you encrypt the phone,
entering a security code or
password is required each time
you turn on the power.
Set up SIM card lock P.151
Make passwords
Set whether to show the input
visible
character before "・" appears
on the password entry screen.
Device
Set whether to enable device
administrators
administrator.
Unknown sources P.154
Trusted credentials Display trusted CA credentials.
Install from internal Install encrypted certificates
storage
from internal storage.
Clear credentials
Clear all certificates or
credential information from the
credential storage*2.
Encrypt phone
*1 Displayed items vary depending on "Screen lock"
settings.
*2 Save certificates and credential information in the
credential storage.
❖Information
･
To decrypt the terminal, reset (P.156) to the default
status.
Settings 149
Protecting docomo mini UIM card
Some functions provided for convenient use
of the terminal require the security code to
use them. Besides the security code for
locking the terminal, the network security
code necessary for the network services etc.
are available. Make use of the terminal using
an appropriate security code according to
the purpose.
■
Notes on the security codes
Avoid using a number that is easy to
guess, such as "birth date", "part of your
phone number", "street address number
or room number", "1111", and "1234".
Make sure to make a note of the security
code you set lest you should forget it.
･ Be very careful not to let others know your
security code. If your security code is
known by anyone else, DOCOMO shall
have no liability for any loss due to any
unauthorized use of it.
･ If you forget your security codes, you must
bring your official identification (such as
drivers license), the terminal, and docomo
mini UIM card with you to the nearest
docomo Shop. For details, contact the
"General Inquiries" on the last page.
･
･
The PUK code is written on the
subscription form (copy for customer)
handed at the subscription in the
docomo Shop. If you subscribed other
than docomo Shop, you must bring your
official identification (such as drivers
license), the docomo mini UIM card with
you to the nearest docomo Shop or
contact the "General Inquiries" on the last
page.
Network security code
The network security code is a 4-digit
number necessary for identification or using
the docomo Network Services at reception of
your request in docomo Shop or at docomo
Information Center. It can be set any number
at the subscription and also changed later by
yourself.
You can change your network security code
to new one using a PC if you have "docomo
ID"/"Password" for "My docomo", the General
support site for PC.
Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap
[dmenu] and [ お客様サポートへ (To Customer
Support)]u[ 各種お申込・お手続き
(Subscription/Procedure)] to change the
security code yourself.
* For information on "My docomo" and " お客様
サポート (Customer Support)", see the
previous page of the last page.
Settings 150
PIN code
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)
You can set security code which named PIN
code to docomo mini UIM card. It is set
"0000" at the subscription. They can be
changed by yourself.
PIN code is a 4- to 8-digit security number
(code) that must be entered for user
confirmation to prevent unauthorized use by
a third party every time you insert the
docomo mini UIM card into the terminal or
when the terminal is powered on. Entering
the PIN code enables making/receiving calls
and terminal operation.
･ If you use a newly purchased terminal with
docomo mini UIM card you have been using,
use the PIN code set on the former terminal. If
you did not change the setting, the code is
"0000".
･ If you enter a wrong PIN code 3 times
consecutively, the PIN code is locked and
cannot be used anymore. In this case, unlock
with "Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)"
(P.151).
The PUK code is an 8-digit number for
canceling the locked PIN code. The PUK code
cannot be changed by yourself.
･ If you failed to enter PUK code 10 times
consecutively, the docomo mini UIM card is
locked. Please contact a docomo Shop.
Enabling SIM card lock
By setting PIN (security code) and entering
PIN code when powered on, you can protect
the docomo mini UIM card from improper
use.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security]u[Set up SIM card
lock]u[Lock SIM card].
Enter PIN code and tap [OK].
･
"Lock SIM card" is marked.
❖Information
･
You can unlock SIM card lock by the same operation.
Entering the PIN code when powered
on
On the PIN code entry screen,
enter the PIN code.
Tap [OK].
Settings 151
Changing the PIN code
･
You can change only when you activate the
SIM card lock.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security]u[Set up SIM card
lock]u[Change SIM PIN].
Enter the current PIN code and tap
[OK].
Enter a new PIN code and tap [OK].
Enter a new PIN code again and
tap [OK].
Unlocking PIN lock
Tap [PUK code] field and enter PUK
code.
Tap the [New PIN Code] field and
enter a new PIN code and tap [OK].
Enter a new PIN code again and
tap [OK].
Screen lock
You can secure your data by requiring a
screen unlock pattern every time the
terminal is turned on or every time it is
activated from sleep mode.
There are 5 types of screen lock settings:
"Swipe/Touch", "Face Unlock", "Pattern", "PIN"
and "Password" (P.152).
Setting screen unlock method
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security]u[Screen lock].
Tap [Swipe/Touch]/[Face Unlock]/
[Pattern]/[PIN]/[Password].
When you tap [Face Unlock], follow the
onscreen instructions to set face
authentication. For unlocking when the
Face Unlock cannot be unlocked,
"Pattern" or "PIN" is required to select to
set.
･ When you tap [Pattern], follow the
onscreen instructions to enter unlock
pattern.
Set security question and answer in case
you forget the pattern.
･ When you tap [PIN], follow the
onscreen instructions to enter 4 - 16
digit numbers. This "PIN" code is
different from a PIN code to be set to
docomo mini UIM card (P.151).
･ When you tap [Password], follow the
onscreen instructions to enter 4 - 16
digit characters including alphabets.
･
Settings 152
Changing screen unlock method
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security]u[Screen lock].
Enter the current unlock pattern/
PIN/password.
Select a new unlock method.
･
Tap [Next], and answer the security
question that you set for the unlock
pattern setting, then tap [Unlock] to
unlock the screen lock.
･ If you set Google account, on the
"Incorrect pattern" screen, tap [Next] to
display "Answer question" and "Enter
Google account details".
- Mark "Answer question" and tap [Next],
and answer the security question, then
tap [Unlock] to unlock the screen lock.
- Mark "Enter Google account details", tap
[Next], and enter Google account and
password, then tap [Sign in] to unlock
the screen lock.
･ When setting new unlock pattern after
unlocking screen lock, "Screen unlocked"
appears. Tap [Yes] to reset unlock pattern.
･
For details, see Step 2 in "Setting screen
unlock method" (P.152).
Locking the screen
Once screen unlock method (P.152) is set, the
screen is locked when the sleep mode is set
or P is pressed.
Unlocking the screen lock
Press P to turn the backlight on.
Enter unlock screen method.
･
Enter the set unlock method (Flick or
Tap/Face Unlock/Pattern/PIN/
Password).
If you forget how to unlock
■
If you set "Pattern"
"Incorrect pattern" appears when you enter
incorrect unlock pattern 5 times
consecutively.
❖Information
Tap [Try again] to retry entering pattern in 30
seconds.
･ When you tap [Try again]u[Forgot pattern?], the
screen after tapping [Next] is displayed.
･ If you set multiple Google accounts, enter one of
those accounts and password to unlock the screen.
･
■
If you set "PIN" or "Password"
Please contact a docomo Shop.
Settings 153
Canceling screen lock
You can cancel screen lock pattern after you
set.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security]u[Screen lock].
Enter the current unlock pattern/
PIN/password.
Tap [None].
Permitting downloading unknown
source's application
･
Before you can download unknown source's
applications, set the terminal to enable
downloading.
Applications you download may be of
unknown origin. To protect your terminal and
personal data, only download applications
from trusted sources such as the Google Play
etc.
Language & input
You can select language and input method.
Language
Spell checker
Personal dictionary
Default
Google voice typing
Moji-Henshu
Xperia™ Chinese
keyboard
Xperia™ Japanese
keyboard
Xperia™ keyboard
Voice Search
Text-to-speech output
Pointer speed
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Security].
Tap [Unknown sources].
Read the notes and then tap [OK].
"Unknown sources" is marked.
P.155
P.155
Set pointer speed of
mouse etc.
Changing phone language
･
P.154
Set spell checker.
Register words.
Set input method.
P.65
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Language &
input]u[Language].
Select a language and tap [OK].
･
When you select Japanese, "OK" is
displayed, but its display varies by the
language you selected.
Settings 154
❖Information
･
If you choose the wrong language and cannot read
the menu texts, see the help of the following
website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/so-04e/faq.html (In
Japanese only)
Setting Voice Search
Language
Select language used for Google
voice search.
Set voice input as always used or for
handsfree use only.
Set whether to display recognized
offensive voice results.
Speech
output
Block
offensive
words
Download
Download voice recognition data
offline speech while offline.
recognition
Backup & reset
Set backup of application etc. or restore the
terminal to default by using Google account.
Back up my
data
Backup
account
Automatic
restore
Data transfer
mode
Factory data
reset
Set to backup applications, settings,
data, etc. to Google server.
Set an account for backup to Google
server.
Set to restore backup settings or data
when re-installing application.
Set to the mode to transfer the data
in the terminal using the docomo
shop terminal.
P.156
* If the phone language is set to "English (United
States)", "Hotword detection" appears in the list.
Text-to-speech settings
Google Textto-speech
Engine*
Pico TTS*
Speech rate
Listen to an
example
Set language for text-to speech and
audio synthesis engine to read out
text.
Make settings for installed voice
synthesis engine.
Set speed at reading out text.
Playback sample of audio synthesis.
* Japanese is not supported.
Settings 155
Resetting the terminal
Resetting the terminal deletes all data,
including downloaded applications and
accounts, and resets the terminal back to the
initial (default) state. Make sure to back up
important data you have on the terminal
before you reset the terminal.
For the initial settings, see "Initial settings"
(P.42).
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Backup & reset]u[Factory
data reset]u[Reset phone].
Mark "Erase internal storage" to delete
all contents (music, photos, videos, etc.)
on the internal storage.
･ Enter your screen unlock method as
required.
･
Tap [Erase everything].
･
The terminal restarts automatically.
Setup guide
Display Setup guide and make the terminal
settings.
･ For details, see "Initial settings" (P.42).
Account
Setting an account
You can manage (add or delete) online
service accounts or synchronize contacts,
messages, etc. saved in online services with
the terminal.
Setting Google account
You can create a Google account on your
terminal and use Google services such as
Gmail, Google Talk, Google Calendar, Google
Play, etc.
You can set multiple Google accounts on the
terminal.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Add account]u[Google].
Follow the registration wizard, set
a Google account.
If you have no Google account, create
an account.
･ If you have already the Google account,
sign in.
･
Settings 156
❖Information
You can use the terminal without creating your
Google account, however the services such as
Google Talk, Gmail, Google Play, etc. are not available.
･ To log in, you need a Google account and a
password.
･ When you sign in, "Backup and restore" screen may
appear. To back up applications, bookmark settings,
etc. using a Google account, mark "Keep this phone
backed up with my Google Account" and then tap
･ Tap set Google account and synchronize each data
from the following items manually.
･
Sync Browser
Sync Calendar
Sync Contacts
Sync Gmail
Sync Google
Photos*
Sync Google
Play Books
Sync Google
Play Movies &
TV
Synchronize browser settings saved
in Google account such as
bookmarks with web function of the
terminal.
Synchronize calendar information
such as schedule, etc., stored in
Google account with Calendar in the
terminal.
Synchronize contacts stored in
Gmail with the phonebook stored in
the terminal.
Synchronize contacts stored in
Gmail with the Email history stored
in the terminal.
Synchronize web album Google
Photos with album in the terminal.
Synchronize with Google Play Books.
* If a lot of photos are included to Picasa web album
used in Google account or web album uploaded
by Google+, it may consume a lot of battery power
or increase data communication volume during
the synchronization.
･ If you set a Google account and use Google+ in it,
"Sync Google+" appears. Tap it to synchronize and
display instant upload photos in the Album in the
terminal.
･ Make sure to check if the data connection is available
before sign in to the Google account. For checking
the data connection status, see "Status icon" (P.43).
Setting Facebook account
When you register or sign in Facebook, you
can display profile information published by
online "Friends" to Phonebook.
❖Information
･
If you do not have a Facebook account, you can also
create a new account in the following website.
http://www.facebook.com
Synchronize with Google Play
movies.
Settings 157
1
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Add account]u[Facebook].
･
■
If you already have a Facebook account
and set account from Phonebook etc.
of the terminal, you need not add a
new account.
Enter your sign in information.
If you have no Facebook account,
register an account.
･ If you have Facebook account, sign in.
❖Information
Alternatively, from the Settings screen (P.128), tap
[Add account]u[Xperia™ with Facebook].
･ Tap "Xperia™ with Facebook" account or set account
to set the following.
･
Application
control settings
･
Sync Calendar
Setting Xperia™ with Facebook
Set Facebook account to display in the
status bar. Drag the status bar downwards
and set "Xperia™ with Facebook" to
synchronize functions of applications in the
terminal.
Drag the status bar downwards
and tap [Xperia™ with Facebook].
Read the notes and then tap
[Accept]u[Done].
Sync Contacts
Sync Friends'
music
Set apps connected to Facebook
with the terminal. If you mark
functions, applications in the
terminal synchronize with
Facebook.
Synchronize events such as
Friends' birthdays, etc., stored in
Facebook with Calendar in the
terminal.
Synchronize profile of Friends
stored in Facebook with the
phonebook stored in the
terminal.
Synchronize music that Friends
specified "Like" in Facebook with
WALKMAN in the terminal.
Settings 158
Setting other account
❖Information
You can set docomo account, Email,
Corporate (Exchange ActiveSync), etc. other
than Google account (P.156) or Facebook
account (P.157).
･
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Add account].
Tap an account type.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
･
Use docomo account when you use " ドコモバック
アップ (docomo backup)" app (P.238) provided by
NTT DOCOMO. docomo account is set by default.
Removing account
From the Settings screen (P.128),
select an account type and then
select an account you want to
delete.
Tap , then tap [Remove
account]u[Remove account].
A Google account registered by marking "Keep this
phone backed up with my Google Account" on the
"Backup and restore" screen is registered as a backup
account. When a backup account is removed,
caution appears on the status bar.
･ docomo account cannot be deleted.
Setting Auto-sync
Synchronize information of online service
with the terminal. You can display and edit
information on the terminal or a PC.
･ You need to set your online service account
(Google account, Facebook account, etc.) in
the terminal to synchronize in advance.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Data usage].
Tap
and [Auto-sync data], then
read the notes and then tap [OK].
･
"Auto-sync data" is marked.
❖Information
･
To change online service items for synchronizing,
from the Settings screen (P.128), select an account
type. Select an account to change and mark items to
be synchronized.
Settings 159
❖Note
Setting Auto-sync permits to synchronize data of
Gmail, calendar, contacts, etc. in the Google account
and profile information published by "Friends" etc.
set in the online service automatically. These
communications may cause you to pay packet
communications charges.
･ When Auto-sync is not set, synchronize manually.
From the Settings screen (P.128), select an account
type. Select an account and tap items to be
synchronized.
SYSTEM
･
Canceling synchronization
Tap
during a synchronization.
Tap [Cancel sync].
Date & time
You can change the date and time in the
terminal.
･ To set date/time or time zone manually,
unmark "Automatic date & time" or
"Automatic time zone" to disable networkprovided time/time zone in advance.
Adjust date and time
automatically by using
network-provided information.
Automatic time zone Adjust time zone
automatically by using
network-provided information.
Set date
P.161
Set time
P.161
Select time zone
P.161
Use 24-hour format P.161
Choose date format P.161
Automatic date &
time
❖Information
･
Correction of the time differences may not be
performed correctly depending on the overseas
network operator. In that case, set time zone
manually (P.161).
Settings 160
Setting the date
Setting the time format
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Date & time]u[Set date].
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Date & time].
Drag number to adjust date.
Tap [Done].
Mark/unmark "Use 24-hour
format".
･
Setting the time
Mark the checkbox to shift to 24-hour
format, and unmark to shift to 12-hour
format.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Date & time]u[Set time].
Setting the date format
Drag number to adjust hour and
minute.
When you unmark "Use 24-hour
format", drag "am" or "pm" to switch
AM/PM.
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Date & time]u[Choose date
format].
Select date format you want to set.
･
Tap [Done].
Setting the time zone
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Date & time]u[Select time
zone].
Select time zone you want to set.
Settings 161
Accessibility
Developer options
You can set user support service which
sounds or vibrates according to users
operation and call end operation.
TalkBack
Large text
Power button ends call
Auto-rotate screen
Speak passwords
Text-to-speech output
Touch & hold delay
Enhance web
accessibility
Set user support service
(TalkBack).
Enlarge text size.
Set to end a call by
pressing P.
P.48
Output password by voice
sound.
P.155
Set response time for
operation of touching and
holding the screen.
Set whether to install
script from Google.
Put the terminal into debug mode when
connecting USB or set the screen backlight to
ON while charging.
Keeping the screen backlight ON
while charging
From the Settings screen (P.128),
tap [Developer options].
Tap
in Developer options or
drag it right.
Read the notes and then tap [OK].
Mark "Stay awake".
Settings 162
About phone
You can check your own phone number,
signal level, legal information, etc.
P.261
Check your own phone number,
signal level, battery level, etc.
Legal information Check open source license or
Google terms of use, etc.
Model number
Check version and number.
Android version
Baseband version
Kernel version
Build number
Software update
Status
Settings 163
File management
Using infrared
communication
You can send/receive data to/from a device
with infrared communication function such
as a mobile phone.
･ The communication range for infrared
communication is 20 cm or less. Keep the
devices pointing at the infrared data port
each other, and do not move them until data
exchange completes.
･ If the infrared data port is soiled, clean the
data port with a dry soft cloth to prevent from
scratching. Performing infrared
communication with the data port soiled or
scratched may cause communication failure.
･ Infrared communication may not be
performed in areas exposed to direct sunlight,
directly under fluorescent lights or near
infrared devices.
･
Depending on the terminal of the other party,
it may be difficult to exchange data.
❖Information
Do not cover the infrared data port with the fingers,
etc. while performing infrared communication.
･ Infrared communication for the terminal conforms to
IrMC version 1.1. However, some data cannot be sent
or received even if the receiver's phone conforms
IrMC version 1.1.
･ Authentication password and docomo apps
password may be required while sending or
receiving infrared data. Authentication password is a
4-digit number fixed up between you and other
party in advance. The same number string must be
entered by the sender and receiver. For the docomo
apps password, see "docomo apps password" (P.148).
･ If the terminal receives a call during infrared
communication, data exchange is interrupted and
the incoming call screen appears.
･
File management 164
･
･
･
･
･
･
If the set alarm time comes during infrared
communication, data exchange is interrupted and
the alarm starts to sound.
is displayed in the status bar during infrared
communication.
You can send and receive Phonebook entries, My
profile, name card, sp-mode mail, Schedule & memo,
still images (.jpeg, .png, .gif, .bmp), videos (.mp4, .3gp)
and ToruCa. It may take a time to exchange data
depending on the data amount or device of other
party.
Some data, such as data with copyright protection,
etc., cannot be played back on other devices.
Received data cannot be played back or saved
depending on the sender's device, data type or data
amount.
The received data is saved on the internal storage.
Sending data via infrared
communication
Use the "Infrared" app to send all data of
"Phonebook", "sp-mode mail" or
"Schedule&Memo". You can also send data
one by one or send a still image or a video
using the sharing menu of applications such
as "docomo phonebook", "Album".
■
Sending with "Infrared" app
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Infrared].
Tap [Send all].
Tap [Phonebook]/[sp-mode mail]/
[Schedule&Memo].
･
When you tap [sp-mode mail], select
any of "Inbox"/"Sent"/"Unsent".
Tap [Start].
Enter docomo apps password and
tap [OK].
Enter the same authentication
password as that of the recipient
and tap [OK]u[OK]u[OK].
■ Sending with sharing menu of
function
Select "Infrared" from the sharing
menu of each application.
File management 165
❖Information
My profile (excluding name card) can be sent using
infrared communication widget. From the Home
screen, tap of
(infrared communication
widget) and follow the onscreen instructions.
･ For instructions on sending from the "docomo
phonebook" app, see "Sending phonebook entries
via infrared communication" (P.106).
･ For instructions on sending from "Album" app, see
"Sharing image files" (P.221).
･ You cannot send two or more items of My profile,
name card, still image, video or ToruCa at a time.
･
Receiving data via infrared
communication
Receiving 1 item
the Home screen, tap ,
1 From
then tap [Infrared].
2 Tap [Receive]u[OK].
receiving is complete, tap
3 When
[OK]u[OK].
■ Receiving all items
the Home screen, tap ,
1 From
then tap [Infrared].
■
Tap [Receive all].
Enter docomo apps password and
tap [OK].
Enter the same authentication
password as that of the sender and
tap [OK]u[OK]u[OK]u[OK].
File management 166
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
1 item of data can be received using infrared
communication widget. From the Home screen, tap
of
(infrared communication widget) and
follow the onscreen instructions.
When Phonebook, sp-mode mail and
Schedule&Memo are received, data on the terminal
is deleted before saved.
You cannot receive two or more videos at a time.
You may not save received data if the phone
memory is full.
A file name may be changed when saving. A file
named with 127 characters or more (Unicode) may
not be saved properly.
Using Bluetooth function
Bluetooth function is a technology which
enables to connect with Bluetooth device
such as PC, handsfree headset wirelessly.
To communicate with Bluetooth device, turn
Bluetooth function on and make pair setting
for the terminal and the Bluetooth device or
connect them.
❖Information
By default, Bluetooth function is off. If you turn
Bluetooth on and then turn off the terminal,
Bluetooth function turns off. When you turn on the
terminal again, Bluetooth function turns on
automatically.
･ When you do not use Bluetooth function, turn it off
to save the battery.
･
■
Reception interference caused by
wireless LAN devices
The terminal's Bluetooth function and
wireless LAN devices use the same
frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use the
terminal near a wireless LAN device,
reception interference may occur or the
communications speed may lower. Also,
you may hear noise or have a connection
problem. In these cases, do the following:
･ Keep the Bluetooth device 10 meters or
more away from a wireless LAN device.
File management 167
Within 10 meters, turn off either the
Bluetooth device or the wireless LAN
device.
* The terminal does not communicate
wirelessly with all types of Bluetooth
devices. Bluetooth DUN is not supported.
･
Making the terminal detectable
with the Bluetooth function on
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap
right.
･
in Bluetooth or drag it
appears on the status bar and
Bluetooth function turns on.
Tap [Bluetooth].
Tap [Xperia A].
･
The terminal becomes detectable by
other Bluetooth devices for 2 minutes.
❖Information
･
Alternatively, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[Bluetooth] to set Bluetooth function to on/off.
Entering the terminal name
You can name the terminal. The name
appears on Bluetooth devices when you use
the Bluetooth function.
Make sure that the Bluetooth
function is on.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].
Tap
and tap [Rename phone].
Enter a name and tap [Rename].
and
Making pair setting for the
terminal and Bluetooth device
To connect the terminal and Bluetooth
device, make pair setting for Bluetooth
device. With paired and connected, you can
make/receive a call with handsfree headset
etc., or send/receive data such as image
between the terminal and the Bluetooth
device.
･ Once you have made pair setting for the
terminal and a Bluetooth device, the setting is
saved.
File management 168
For make pair setting, entering passcode (PIN)
may be required. Passcode (PIN) of the
terminal is "0000". If you cannot make pair
setting when you enter "0000", see the
documentation of your Bluetooth device.
･ Once you made pair settings by entering
passcode (PIN), you do not need to enter the
passcode (PIN) when connecting with the
paired Bluetooth device next time.
･ For Bluetooth profiles compatible with the
terminal, see "Main specification" (P.266).
･
Make sure that the Bluetooth
function is on.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].
Tap [Search for devices].
･
A list of detected Bluetooth devices
appears.
Tap a Bluetooth device name to
pair with the terminal.
Check a passkey on the "Bluetooth
pairing request" screen, then tap
[Pair].
You can use the Bluetooth device that
has been paired.
･ Some Bluetooth devices make
connections continuously after making
pair setting.
･ Authentication passcode (PIN) may be
required on the "Bluetooth pairing
request" screen.
･
❖Information
Make sure that the Bluetooth function and Bluetooth
detection function of the target device are on.
･ When you make pair setting with the Bluetooth
device supporting Secure Simple Pairing (SSP)
function, a passkey appears on the screen. Check the
passkey and make the pair setting.
･
Connecting the terminal with
Bluetooth device
Make sure that the Bluetooth
function is on.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].
Tap [Search for devices].
and
A list of detected Bluetooth devices
appears.
･ Pair Bluetooth devices as required.
･
File management 169
4
Tap the name of Bluetooth device
you want to connect.
･
While connecting to a device,
appears in the status bar and the
connection status appears under the
device name.
❖Information
Canceling the pair setting of a
Bluetooth device
Tap
on the name of connected Bluetooth device
to check the status of that Bluetooth device or
change the settings.
･
Deactivating the connection of
a Bluetooth device
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].
Tap the connected Bluetooth
device name.
Tap [OK].
･
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].
Tap
in a Bluetooth device name
to unpair and tap [Unpair].
･
Connection disconnects and the pair
setting is canceled.
Sending/receiving data using
Bluetooth function
･
Turn the Bluetooth function on before pairing
with the other party's Bluetooth device.
Receiving data via Bluetooth function
To reconnect, tap the device name.
Send data from a Bluetooth
device.
･
appears on the status bar.
Drag the status bar downwards
and tap [Bluetooth share:
Incoming file]u[Accept].
･
When receiving is complete, a message
indicating that the data is received
appears.
File management 170
Sending data via Bluetooth function
Select "Bluetooth" from the
sharing menu of each application.
Tap the other party's Bluetooth
device.
･
When sending is complete, a message
indicating that the data is sent appears.
❖Information
For instructions on sending from the "docomo
phonebook" app, see "Sending phonebook via
Bluetooth/Email/Gmail" (P.107).
･ For instructions on sending from "Album" app, see
"Sharing image files" (P.221).
･
External device connection
Connecting to a PC with
microUSB cable
By connecting the terminal and a PC with the
Micro USB cable 01 (optional), the internal
storage and a microSD card in the terminal
are recognized by the PC and you can
operate such as copying, moving, deleting
the data.
･ You may not be able to copy, move, delete,
etc. copyrighted data of images, music, etc.
❖Information
The following operating systems (OS) are supported.
- Microsoft Windows 8
- Microsoft Windows 7
- Microsoft Windows Vista
- Microsoft Windows XP
･ The terminal is connected by "Media transfer mode
(MTP)" which is set by default.
･
File management 171
Connecting the terminal and a PC
using a microUSB cable
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable (P.39).
When you connect microUSB cable for
the first time, the driver software for the
terminal is installed to a PC. Wait for a
while until installation is completed.
･ When "PC Companion software" screen
appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].
･
■ Media transfer mode (MTP)
"Internal storage & SD card" appears in
the status bar of the terminal. The
terminal is displayed on the PC screen as
a portable device.
You can access the internal storage and a
microSD card in the terminal.
■ Mass storage mode (MSC)
"SD card connected" appears in the status
bar of the terminal. The terminal is
displayed on the PC screen as a
removable disc.
You can access the microSD card.
❖Information
Screen that appears when connecting to a PC may
vary depending on the operating system (OS) of a
PC.
･ From the Home screen, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[Xperia™]u [USB Connectivity] to check
connection mode and change the settings as
follows.
･
Install PC
Companion
USB
connection
mode
TRUSTED
DEVICES
Display PC Companion installation
wizard when connected to a PC
(P.263).
Switch USB connection mode to
"Media transfer mode (MTP)"/"Mass
storage mode (MSC)" when
connecting to a PC.
Connect the terminal and a host
device in a pair via Wi-Fi network
(P.174).
When you connect the terminal to a PC switching
USB connection mode to "Mass storage mode
(MSC)", you cannot access the microSD card on the
terminal. Some functions using microSD card for the
applications such as "Camera" or "Album" may not be
available.
･ When the terminal is connected to a PC, charging
starts automatically. For details, see "Charging with a
PC" (P.39).
･
File management 172
･
Tap [Install] on the "PC Companion software" screen
to install PC Companion. You can update software of
the terminal by connecting to a PC (P.263). Also, you
can use the following applications on a PC for
managing media files, creating backup files, etc. with
a PC connected. For details, check on the PC
Companion screen after installation.
Update software of the terminal by
connecting to a PC (P.263).
Contacts Setup Copy the contacts data of the
mobile phone previously used to the
terminal.
Media Go
P.174
Sync Zone
Synchronize phonebook or calendar
between a PC or Google and the
terminal.
Back up &
Back up the terminal data or move
Restore
the data to another terminal.
File Manager Check file type, update time,
location, etc. on the terminal.
Support Zone
Disconnecting the microUSB cable
safely
･
Do not disconnect the microUSB cable during
data transferring. Data may be damaged.
■
■
Media transfer mode (MTP)
Confirm that it is not transferring
data, disconnect the microUSB
cable.
Mass storage mode (MSC)
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap [SD card connected].
･
"SD card disconnected" appears in the
status bar.
Disconnect the microUSB cable.
File management 173
Using Media Go
The Media Go computer application helps
you transfer and manage media content in
the terminal and PC.
With Media Go, you can load music from a CD
to a PC and transfer to the terminal.
･ You can install Media Go from PC Companion.
Activate PC Companion installed in a PC and
install Media Go with "Sony PC Companion"
screen. For information on how to install PC
Companion, see "When PC Companion is not
installed on your PC" (P.263).
❖Information
You can also download Media Go from the following
website.
http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features
･ To learn more about how to use the Media Go
application, see the help section of the Media Go
application.
･
Connecting the terminal to a PC
on a Wi-Fi network
If the terminal and a PC* are connected in a
pair on a Wi-Fi network, automatic
connection/disconnection of internal storage
of the terminal with a PC is enabled when the
terminal user comes in and out of the Wi-Fi
area. You can easily access to files in the
internal storage of the terminal from a
connected PC.
* Use Microsoft Windows 7 or Microsoft
Windows 8 to make a pair setting. Pair setting
cannot be made under Microsoft Windows
XP, Microsoft Windows Vista or other OS.
Connect a PC you want to set in a
pair to a Wi-Fi network.
Connect the terminal to a Wi-Fi
network (P.129).
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
･
When "PC Companion software" screen
appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].
File management 174
4
Make sure that the terminal is
displayed as a portable device on
"Computer" the screen of the PC.
Right click the portable device
icon, then click " ネットワーク構成
(network composition)".
Click " 次へ (Next)".
On the pop-up screen of the
terminal, tap [Pair].
10
On the " ポータブルデバイスのネット
ワーク構成 (network composition of
the portable device)" screen of the
PC, click " 完了 (Done)".
Disconnect the microUSB cable.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[Xperia™]u
[USB Connectivity]u"Host name"
(PC name) in the "TRUSTED
DEVICES" field.
11
Tap [Connect].
･
❖Information
From the Home screen, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[Xperia™]u[USB Connectivity] to display
"Host name" (PC name) in the "TRUSTED DEVICES"
field. To cancel connection setting, tap the host
name and [Forget]. Until "Forget" is tapped, the
connection setting retains even if you connect/
disconnect repeatedly by coming in and out of a WiFi area.
･ If the privacy separator function for Wi-Fi network
(access point) is enabled, pair setting cannot be
made.
･
Sharing a file with DLNA device
Using Wi-Fi function, you can share media
files with other client (DLNA : Digital Living
Network Alliance) devices.
Set Wi-Fi connection (P.129) with another
client device in advance.
The terminal and the PC are connected
in "Media transfer mode (MTP)" on a WiFi network, and you can exchange data
files.
File management 175
Setting Media server
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[More...].
Tap [Media server settings].
･
Media server settings screen appears.
You can set the following items.
SO-04E
Rename the terminal (server)
Change server displayed on a client device.
name
Share content Set to connect from a client device
to the terminal via Wi-Fi.
PENDING
Manage client devices waiting
DEVICES
access permissions.
REGISTERED
Manage client device registered to
DEVICES
the terminal.
❖Information
･
On the Media server settings screen, tap
Fi settings] to set Wi-Fi connection.
and [Wi-
Playing media files in the DLNA
device with the terminal
You can share media files on the terminal and
DLNA device using media server function.
･ Connect a DLNA device and the terminal via
the same Wi-Fi network, and set the
permission of access from the terminal for the
device in advance.
On the Media server settings
screen, tap
of Share content
or drag it right.
･
"Media server turned on" appears in the
status bar.
Tap y.
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Album]/[Movies].
Tap [My albums]/[Devices].
Select a device name to connect,
and select a folder.
･
A home screen appears.
Tap a media file to play it.
File management 176
Playing a media file in the terminal
with a DLNA device
You can play a media file in the terminal with
a DLNA device using Throw function.
･ Connect a DLNA device and the terminal via
the same Wi-Fi network in advance.
･ Setting a permission of access from the
terminal in advance may be required on a
DLNA device.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Album]/[Movies].
Tap a tile you want to play.
Tap
and [Throw].
Tap a device on the device list.
･
･
A device list appears.
The file is played by a DLNA device.
File management 177
Applications
dmenu
In dmenu, you can easily access sites
recommended by DOCOMO or convenient
applications.
Opening dmenu
From the Home screen, tap
[dmenu].
･
dmarket
You can obtain useful and interesting
contents which meet your needs at dmarket.
Opening dmarket
･
Browser activates to display "dmenu".
When you activate for the first time, "d
マーケットソフトウェア使用許諾契約書
(License Agreement)" appears. Mark
"Agree" and tap [Start use].
❖Information
To use dmenu, Internet connection by packet
communication (LTE/3G/GPRS) or Wi-Fi is required.
･ For connecting dmenu and downloading
applications introduced in dmenu, packet
communication charge is applied separately. Some
applications automatically perform packet
communications.
･ Applications introduced by dmenu may include
charged ones.
From the Home screen, tap
[dmarket].
･
❖Information
･
For details on dmarket, refer to NTT DOCOMO
website.
Applications 178
Play Store
With Google Play, you can directly access
useful applications or fun games which you
can download and install on the terminal.
And you can send feedback and comments
about an application, or report objectionable
application or incompatible application with
the terminal as an inappropriate content.
･ To use Google Play, you need to set a Google
account (P.156).
･ Some applications and games are free of
charge, and the others are paid. On the
applications list of Google Play, distinction
between free and paid is clearly specified. For
details on purchasing, returning and
refunding of paid applications, see "Help"
(P.180).
Installing applications
Check the displayed contents carefully
and follow the onscreen instructions.
･ Be careful especially about applications
which access many functions or large
amount of data. If you perform
download operation, you are
responsible for the consequences of
using this application on the terminal.
･
❖Information
･
･
･
･
From the Home screen, tap [Play
Store].
･
When License agreement screen
appears, follow the onscreen
instructions.
Search application and tap
application you want to install.
･
Be sure to check the security of application, then
install it at your own risk. The terminal may be
infected with a virus and the data may be damaged.
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for malfunctions, if any,
caused by the application you installed. In such case,
the repair is charged even during the warranty
period.
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any disadvantage
brought to you or any third party due to an
application you installed.
Some applications automatically perform packet
communications. Packet communication is kept
active unless you disconnect it or the time-out is
occurred. To disconnect packet communications
manually, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[Mobile data]. When packet communication is
disconnected,
appears.
Some applications may be updated automatically.
Applications 179
Deleting application
From the Home screen, tap [Play
Store].
Tap
and [My Apps].
Tap the applications you want to
delete, then tap [Uninstall]u[OK].
･
When you uninstall charged
applications, a screen for refund may
appear. For details, refer to "Help"
(P.180).
Help
When you need help or have any questions
about Google Play, display the Google Play
screen, then tap and tap [Help] to open
Google Play help page.
Osaifu-Keitai
This function allows you to use " おサイフケー
タイ対応サービス (Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service)" by which you can pay money or use
coupon, etc. or " かざしてリンク対応サービス
(Kazashite-Link compatible service)" by
which you can access information by holding
the terminal over a home electric appliances
or smart poster.
Electronic money or point values can be
saved in the IC card or the docomo mini UIM
card.
You can check credit, payment or points of
electronic money by using the network. In
addition, you can lock your Osaifu-Keitai to
provide against loss or theft, and you can use
Osaifu-Keitai with safe.
For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to " ご利用ガ
イドブック (sp モード編 ) (Mobile Phone User's
Guide [sp-mode]) (in Japanese only)".
Applications 180
iC transfer service
The iC transfer service is a service which helps
you transfer all data in the IC card for OsaifuKeitai to your new Osaifu-Keitai when you
change Osaifu-Keitai for changing of the
model or repair. Data in the docomo mini
UIM card remains the same after using the iC
transfer service.
Visit a sales outlet such as docomo Shop to
use the iC transfer service.
For details on iC transfer service, refer to " ご利
用ガイドブック (sp モード編 ) (Mobile Phone
User's Guide [sp-mode]) (in Japanese only)".
Precautions on using the OsaifuKeitai compatible terminal
･
The data in the IC card*1 or the docomo mini
UIM card*2 may be lost or modified because of
the malfunction of the terminal (When we
take your terminal for repair etc., as we cannot
take it with data remained, you are required to
erase the data by yourself ). For support such
as reissuance, restoration, temporary
preservation or transfer of data, contact
Osaifu-Keitai compatible service providers.
For important data, be sure to use a service
with backup service.
If the data in the IC card or the docomo mini
UIM card is lost, modified or damaged by any
means related to Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service such as malfunction or model change,
DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the
loss of data.
･ If the terminal is stolen or misplaced,
immediately contact Osaifu-Keitai
compatible service provider for an advice.
･ If you use a docomo mini UIM card (red), you
cannot use some Osaifu-Keitai compatible
services such as international use. Bring it to a
docomo Shop to replace from February, 2013
(scheduled).
You can use "Osaifu-Keitai compatible
services" and "Kazashite-Link compatible
service", which can be saved in the IC card.
*1 Data saved in the IC card built in the OsaifuKeitai compatible terminal (including
electronic money or point values)
*2 Data saved in the docomo mini UIM card
(including electronic money or point values,
and excluding phonebook data and SMS
data)
･
Applications 181
Using " おサイフケータイ対応サー
ビス (Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service)"
Using " かざしてリンク対応サービ
ス (Kazashite-Link compatible
service)"
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Osaifu-Keitai].
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[More...].
Select a service you want to use
from a service list.
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
settings]u[Reader/Writer,
P2P]u[OK].
Download an application compatible
with service site or service.
･ You can exchange data with an IC card
reader only by holding mark over
the card reader.
･
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
If you do not make the initial setting for Osaifu-Keitai
in the initial setting for DOCOMO services (P.42), the
initial setting screen appears in Step 2. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
You can scan and write data to or from an IC card
reader without activating Osaifu-Keitai compatible
application.
The function is available even if the terminal is off,
but it may not be available when the terminal is off
for a long while or battery is low.
You can use Osaifu-Keitai compatible service even
when the PIN code cannot be unlocked or PIN
locked.
Note that when you do not subscribe sp-mode,
some functions of Osaifu-Keitai compatible service
may not be available.
"Reader/Writer, P2P" and "Android
Beam" are marked.
･ NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function is
enabled, and appears in the status
bar.
･
Hold the mark over a device
with the NFC module or a smart
poster.
･
When software license agreement
appears, tap [Agree] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
Applications 182
Sending/Receiving data by
one-touch function
One-touch function is an original function
developed by Sony based on NFC
technology. You can send/receive data to/
from a device with NFC such as a mobile
phone. If you use the one-touch function
with a Sony product with NFC, simple
operations allow you to send or receive
images, music, photos or videos taken with
the terminal.
Operations to send/receive and available data
to send/receive depend on the compatible
applications. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
･ Even if
marks are pointed to each other,
sending/receiving may be failed. If failed,
perform operations of sending/receiving
again.
･ When pointing
marks to each other slowly,
sending/receiving may be failed.
･ The terminal does not communicate with all
NFC devices.
･
Enabling NFC Reader/Writer, P2P
function
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[More...].
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
settings]u[Reader/Writer,
P2P]u[OK].
"Reader/Writer, P2P" and "Android
Beam" are marked.
･ NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function is
enabled, and appears in the status
bar.
･
Enable NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function in
advance (P.183).
･ Place 2 mobile phones in parallel position and
point marks to each other. Do not move
them until sending/receiving is complete.
･
❖Information
･
Alternatively, from the Home screen, use "NFC Quick
Launch" to enable/disable NFC Reader/Writer, P2P
function.
Applications 183
Sending data
Make sure that the NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function is enabled.
Display data to send on the screen.
Face the marks each other with
the receiving terminal.
Notes on holding the mark over
the other device such as a
reader or device with the NFC
module
The displayed screen becomes small,
and "Touch to beam" appears.
･ When software license agreement
appears, tap [Agree] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
･
Tap the screen that has become
small.
Receiving data
Make sure that the NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function is enabled.
Face the marks each other with
the sending terminal.
･
When data is received, an application
that supports the data opens. Follow
the onscreen instructions.
When holding mark over the other device,
make sure not to hit the terminal strongly.
･ Hold the
mark over parallel to the center of
the other device.
･ If
mark is not recognized even when
holding over the device, try lifting the
terminal slightly, or moving the terminal back,
forth and around.
･ If there are metal objects between
mark
and the other device, scanning may be failed.
And note that putting the terminal in a case or
cover may affect communication
performance.
･
Applications 184
Locking Osaifu-Keitai function
Use "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" settings to
restrict the use of Osaifu-Keitai function and
related services.
･ NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is different from screen
lock for the terminal, SIM card lock.
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [Settings]u[More...].
Tap [NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
settings]u[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock].
❖Information
･
･
･
･
Enter a password, then tap [Next].
When using "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" for
the first time, enter a password to set.
Set security question and answer in
case you forget the pattern following
the onscreen instructions.
･ Osaifu-Keitai function is locked, and
or is displayed in the status bar.
･
･
Note that you cannot cancel "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock",
if the battery runs out while "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock"
is set. Be careful about remaining battery level. If you
cancel "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock", charge the terminal
before canceling.
You need to unlock to use Osaifu-Keitai menu while
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" is set.
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" password is not be deleted
even if you reset the terminal.
If you forget the password for "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock", tap
in the "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings"
screen and tap [Forget password?], then answer the
secret question that you set when setting the
password. Note that you cannot cancel "NFC/OsaifuKeitai lock" if you forget both the password and
secret question.
When unlocking "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock", insert the
same docomo mini UIM card as the one inserted
when "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" was set, then unlock.
Applications 185
ToruCa
iD アプリ (iD application)
"iD" is a convenient electronic money by
credit clearance scheme. You can enjoy
shopping simply and conveniently only by
holding Osaifu-Keitai with credit information
set or the iD-compatible card over the IC card
reader in stores. Because up to 2 types of
credit information can be registered in
Osaifu-Keitai, you can use them according to
the benefits, etc. It also supports cashing,
depending on the card issuer.
･ To use iD with Osaifu-Keitai, subscribing to a
card issuer that supports iD, settings for iD
application are required.
･ The charges required for iD service (including
the annual charge) vary by card issuer.
･ For using the application, a packet
communication charge is applied.
･ A packet communication fee for oversea use
differs from the one in Japan.
･ For details on iD, refer to iD website.
http://id-credit.com/ (In Japanese only)
ToruCa is an electronic card that can be
obtained to mobile phones. It can be
obtained from the IC card reader or site as
store information, coupon ticket, etc.
Obtained ToruCa is saved to the "ToruCa"
app. Use the "ToruCa" app to display, search
or update.
For details on ToruCa, refer to " ご利用ガイド
ブック (sp モード編 ) (Mobile Phone User's
Guide [sp-mode]) (in Japanese only)".
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
･
･
For obtaining, displaying or updating ToruCa, a
packet communication charge may be applied.
Some ToruCa provided to i-mode terminal may not
be obtained/displayed/updated.
Depending on the settings of IP (Information
Provider), the following functions may not be
available.
- Obtaining/Updating from the IC card reader,
sharing ToruCa, moving to microSD card, copying/
displaying map
Some ToruCa which can be displayed in a map from
ToruCa (details) may not be displayed in a map from
the ToruCa list depending on the IP settings.
While "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" is set, you cannot
obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader.
If you mark 重複チェック (Duplication check),
obtaining the same ToruCa redundantly is not
available. To obtain the same ToruCa redundantly,
unmark 重複チェック (Duplication check).
When you send ToruCa attaching to email, it is sent
in the condition before obtaining ToruCa (details).
Applications 186
Depending on email application, ToruCa received via
the emails may not be saved.
･ Depending on browser, ToruCa cannot be obtained.
･ When ToruCa is moved/copied to the microSD card,
it is moved/copied in the condition before obtaining
ToruCa (details).
･ You may not be able to obtain ToruCa with an IC card
reader, if you do not make initial setting for OsaifuKeitai.
･
About NFC
NFC is an abbreviation for Near Field
Communication and a short range wireless
communication method of international standard
defined by ISO (International Organization for
Standardization). You can use a contactless IC card
function, Reader/Writer function (R/W), Peer-toPeer communications function (P2P), etc.
■
1Seg
1Seg is a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting
service that allows mobile devices to receive
broadcasted data along with images and
sounds. You can also acquire detailed
program information, participate in quiz
programs, enjoy TV shopping, etc.
For details on "1Seg" service, refer to the
following website.
The Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/
Using 1Seg
1Seg is a service provided by TV
broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc. A
communication fee for receiving video
picture and sound is not required. Contact
NHK for details on your NHK viewing fees.
There are 2 types of information displayed in
the data broadcasting area: "Data
broadcasting" and "Data broadcasting site".
"Data broadcasting" is displayed using
airwave along with images and sounds; while
"Data broadcasting site" is displayed by
connecting to a site provided by TV
broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc.,
using information of data broadcasting.
Applications 187
For viewing "Data broadcasting site", etc.,
packet communication fees are charged.
･ Some sites require information fees.
Airwaves
1Seg is one of the broadcast services and a
different type of radio waves (airwaves) from
that of FOMA service is received. Therefore,
regardless of whether you are in or out of Xi
service or FOMA service area, it cannot be
received where airwaves do not reach or
during broadcasting interruptions.
Also, even in a terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service area, reception
condition may be poor or reception may be
unavailable in the following places:
･ A place far from the tower that the airwaves
are sent from
･ Mountain-ringed regions or a place between
buildings where airwaves are interrupted by
geography or buildings
･ Tunnel, underground or far back from a
building where airwaves are weak or do not
reach
When emitting the sound of 1Seg from the
Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample),
connect the Stereo Headset with
Microphone to the 1Seg antenna cable SO01.
■
Connecting Stereo Headset with
Microphone
Connect the plug of Stereo
Headset with Microphone to
headset jack of the 1Seg antenna
cable SO01.
Connect the plug of the 1Seg
antenna cable SO01 to the headset
jack of the terminal.
Using 1Seg antenna cable
To watch 1Seg program on the terminal, use
supplied 1Seg antenna cable SO01.
When emitting the sound of 1Seg from the
speaker, just use the 1Seg antenna cable
SO01.
Applications 188
❖Information
Watching 1Seg program
Connect the 1Seg antenna cable SO01 to the
terminal and connect the Stereo Headset with
Microphone to emit sound of 1Seg.
･
Initial settings for 1Seg
Make channel setting when you use 1Seg for
the first time. After channel setting is done,
1Seg programs can be watched.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [OK].
Tap [Setting]u[Channel setting].
Tap [Current area].
Enter a title name and tap [OK].
･
･
･
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Watch].
■
･
1Seg watching screen appears. Tap the
image to temporarily view program
information such as program name.
1Seg watching screen
and
e fg
1Seg menu appears.
Available channels are searched.
To return the 1Seg menu, tap x.
1Seg watching screen
(with data broadcasting)
❖Information
･
and
Alternatively, tap [Select area] in Step 4 then select
area to make channel setting.
e fg
1Seg watching screen (full screen)
Program information
Image
Applications 189
c
Data broadcasting : Display data broadcasting
content.
d Broadcasting station
e Remote controller : Display numeric keys to switch
channels and keys for searching stations.
f Program guide : Display program guide.
g View optional menu
h Subtitle
i Remote controller for data broadcasting : Display
operation keys for data broadcasting such as Move
focus, Select focus, Back, Show numeric keys, etc.
j 1Seg status bar : Display icons for off timer, channel,
reception level, subtitle, etc.
❖Information
･
･
･
･
･
･
･
･
If the terminal receives a call while watching 1Seg,
1Seg is interrupted and resumes after the call ends.
Watching data broadcasting
For data broadcasting, you can view various
information by following the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
･
To watch data broadcasting, call charge or packet
communication charge is not required. If you use
additional services of data broadcasting, etc. via
packet communication, packet communication fees
are charged.
While watching 1Seg, press m to adjust
volume.
You can watch 1Seg turning the terminal sideways.
To set the screen orientation to switch between
landscape and portrait view automatically according
to the terminal orientation, drag the status bar
downwards and tap [Auto rotate].
For data broadcasting, screen display supports
portrait only.
Flick the 1Seg watching screen left and right to select
the previous or next channel you are currently
watching.
You cannot exit 1Seg even if you tap y to return
to the Home screen. If 1Seg remains activated, the
battery may be consumed quickly. To exit 1Seg, tap
x while watching 1Seg.
It may take a time to acquire image data or
broadcasted data when you activate 1Seg or change
channels due to characteristic of digital
broadcasting.
According to the airwave condition, image or sound
may be interrupted or stopped.
Applications 190
Setting 1Seg
Setting 1Seg viewing
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap
then tap [Viewing
setting].
You can set 1Seg watching screen, data
broadcasting and initialize.
Using optional menu
Channel info
You can record 1Seg, switch caption display,
etc.
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap .
Start recording
Caption setting
Viewing setting
TVlink
1Seg menu
Start/Stop recording (P.194).
"Stop recording" is displayed
during recording.
Switch caption display to on or
off.
Set 1Seg viewing (P.191).
Display a TV link list screen
(P.193).
Go back to the 1Seg menu.
Display information for available
channels.
Program info
Display information for received
programs.
Channel list
Stored channels and areas
(broadcasting service areas) are
listed.
Add to channel Add a channel from 1Seg watching
list
screen.
Reservation
Reserve viewing or recording or
display reservation results.
Switch display Switch display between
Video+DataBC and Data
broadcasting.
Off timer
Make a timer setting to end 1Seg
watching.
Main/sub sound Set main/sub sound.
Sound switch
Set to switch sound.
Sound effect
Switch sound effect of data
setting
broadcasting between on and off.
Back to data BC Display data broadcasting.
Tune service
You can select a sub-channel when
several programs (services) are
broadcasted for separated subchannels in a channel.
Applications 191
Saving channels in the current
location
Changing numbers for TV remote
Available channels vary depending on the
area (broadcasting service area) you are
using in.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Setting]u[Channel setting].
Tap [Current area].
Enter a title name and tap [OK].
･
and
Alternatively, tap [Select area] in Step 3 then select
area to save channels.
Changing channel list
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Setting]u[Channel list] to
select a registered channel list.
･
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Setting]u[Channel list] and
tap a channel list to change.
Touch and hold channel
information and tap [Remote
control No.].
Available channels are searched.
❖Information
･
Change TV remote number assigned to each
broadcasting station. Each broadcasting
station can be called up via the
corresponding TV remote number.
Tap a broadcasting station to
change the remote control
number.
Tap a remote control number to
set the selected broadcasting
station for.
and
･
You can change channels to watch.
❖Information
･
On the channel list screen, touch and hold saved
channel list to display channel information, set
channels, edit titles, etc.
and
If you select a remote control number
set for another broadcasting station,
the previously set broadcasting station
is switched to the broadcasting station
that is set in Step 4.
Tap x and [YES].
Applications 192
Initializing settings
Display TVlinks
You can initialize the channel setting and
1Seg setting.
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap .
Tap [TVlink].
Select a TVlink.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Setting]u[Reset] to select an
item to initialize.
Tap [YES].
Using TVlinks
For some data broadcasting programs, link
information to related websites (TVlink) is
displayed. Save TVlinks to connect to related
websites later.
Saving TVlinks
On the 1Seg watching screen (with
data broadcasting) (P.189), select
TVlink to store.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
･
･
A TV link list screen appears.
When selecting a link content or HTML
content, tap [Yes].
❖Information
･
Some TVlinks have period of validity. Out of date
TVlinks are no longer available.
Viewing/Deleting details of TVlink
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap .
Tap [TVlink] and tap
Check the
number of
registration
Delete all
Delete selected
Check the number of stored
TVlinks.
Delete all stored TVlinks.
Delete several stored TVlinks.
Mark a TVlink to delete and tap
tap [Delete data?]u[YES].
❖Information
･
On the TVlink list screen, touch and hold a TVlink to
display menus for displaying detailed information,
etc.
Applications 193
Reservation of recording/
viewing TV program
Reserve recording/viewing TV program.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Reservation]u"Recording"
tab/"Watching" tab.
❖Information
Maximum recorded data file size is 4GB, and
maximum continuous recordable time is
approximately 24 hours.
Items can be saved up to 99.
･ Recorded data is saved on a microSD card. Recording
is not available if a microSD card is not attached.
･ When you use the microSD card from another
application during recording, recording may be
failed.
･
Tap
and [New].
Tap [Channel name] to select a
channel.
Play a recorded program.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Set Program name, Start date/
time, etc. and tap [Done].
Tap [Recording data] and a
program to play.
･
When setting Recording reservation,
set End time.
Recording 1Seg
Record images, sound, captions or data
broadcasting while displaying.
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap
then tap [Start
recording].
On the 1Seg watching screen
(P.189), tap
then tap [Stop
recording]u[YES].
and
Using program guide
From the Home screen, tap
tap [1Seg].
Tap [Program guide].
･
and
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
Applications 194
5
FM radio
You can listen to the FM radio with the
terminal. Tuning can be made automatically
or manually, and you can register your
favorite channels to Favorites. To use FM
radio, use a handsfree device such as Stereo
Headset with Microphone (Sample), etc. or a
headphone. They work as antenna.
Searching and registering
channels
Connect Stereo Headset with
Microphone to the terminal.
･
For connection of Stereo Headset with
Microphone, see "Using Stereo Headset
with Microphone" (P.218).
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [FM radio].
･
･
The frequency bands of selected
channels are registered to Favorites.
To stop the FM radio, tap
❖Information
Alternatively, on the FM radio screen, tap
and
[Search for channels] to search.
･ Up to 8 one-byte or two-byte characters can be
entered as a favorite name.
･ You can return to the Home screen to perform
another operation while listening to FM radio in the
background. To return to the FM radio screen, from
the Home screen, tap
then tap [FM radio], or drag
the status bar downward and tap [FM radio].
･ When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, the
frequency band range is 87.5MHz - 108.0MHz. You
cannot listen to the FM radio programs in Japan.
･
FM radio screen appears and selecting
channel starts automatically. The search
ends when radio waves are received.
Tap
Tap
･
Enter a name, select a color, then
tap [Save].
to select channel.
You can select channel by flicking the
screen left and right.
Applications 195
■
FM radio screen
Camera
ef g
You can shoot still pictures and videos by
tapping the shutter icon or shooting screen.
Shooting still pictures is available in the
vertical and horizontal screen modes. For
recording videos, hold the camera
horizontally. For shooting with Sweep
Panorama, always hold the camera
horizontally. Still pictures and videos are
saved automatically in the internal storage or
a microSD card.
Play in speaker/Play in handsfree
Save/edit Favorites
Channel point displayed in a good radio wave
condition
d Search channels to the left
e Show Favorites
f On/Off of FM radio
g View optional menu
h Monaural/stereo effect
i Broadcasting station now listening
j Search channels to the right
k Channel assigned to favorite
Before using the camera
Switching the speaker and
handsfree device
On the FM radio screen, tap
･
All pictures or videos that you capture on the
terminal are stored into the internal storage or
a microSD card. When saving to a microSD
card, attach a microSD card before using the
camera. You cannot take a photo while the
terminal is reading/writing data, for example
transferring a file from Media Go.
･ If you use microSD card with an i-mode
compatible terminal, photos and videos shot
by the terminal cannot be shown.
･
The sound output is switched to the
speaker/handsfree device.
Applications 196
･
Avoid copyright infringements when you
handle photos, videos, or sound recorded
using the terminal, e.g. copy/edit. In addition,
avoid rights infringements of portraits by
using these photos without consent, altering
them or by other means. Note that capturing
or recording a stage performance,
entertainment or exhibition may be
prohibited even if for personal use.
About the Copyright and Portrait rights
Objects, such as movies, still images, and sounds,
recorded using the terminal are prohibited by the
copyright law from use without consent of the
copyright holders, unless intended for personal use
or any other purpose permitted by law. Also, using
or transformation of other person's portrait or
name without his or her permission may violate the
portrait right. When you present recorded images
or sounds in a public place such as on an Internet
home page, make sure to be aware of the copyright
and portrait right. Note that some performances,
shows, and exhibitions may not allow
photography, movie shooting, or sound recording
even for personal use. Transmission of images
related to copyright or beyond the scope provided
in the copyright law is not available.
■
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
If you cause the public any trouble using the
terminal, you may be punished under law or
regulations (for example, nuisance
prevention ordinance).
Note on Sweep Panorama
In the following cases, Sweep Panorama does
not work properly.
- Shooting a moving object
- Shooting the main object that is too close to
the camera
- Shooting an object with repetition of the
same pattern such as a sky, beach, grass, etc.
- Shooting a big object
- Shooting an object with constantly
changing pattern such as a wave, waterfall,
etc.
･ If shooting angle does not reach the required
value for Sweep Panorama within a certain
period of time, the part which was not taken
is recorded in gray.
To avoid this, move the camera faster when
shooting.
･ Because two or more images are joined
together, joints may not recorded smoothly.
･ Images may be blurred or may not be taken in
a dark scene.
･ Under the flickering light source such as a
fluorescent light, you may not be able to
shoot properly since brightness or color
balance of joined image may be unstable.
･ If brightness, color balance or focus point of
whole image to be taken with Sweep
Panorama are extremely different from those
of the focused image, image may not be shot
properly.
･
Applications 197
･
In the following cases, Sweep Panorama
shooting may be interrupted.
- Moved the camera too fast/too slow
- Blurred too much
- Moved the camera in the opposite direction
of the shooting
Shooting screen and key
operation
■
Still picture shooting screen/video
recording screen
Icons showing set items
Display area of status icons showing selected
settings
e Recent shooting history
･ Flick a thumbnail of shooting history on the
shooting screen to the left of the screen (up when
in vertical screen mode) to display the last 5
items.
･ Tap a thumbnail to open viewing/playback
screen for still pictures and videos.
･ Touch and hold a thumbnail to display the
following icons.
: View playback screen of photos and videos
: Share
: Delete
f Shutter icon (still picture)
g Start/Stop recording icon (video)
h Switching to the front camera icon
i Navigation bar
❖Information
On the shooting screen, pinch-in/out or press
m to zoom in/out. When capturing mode
(P.199) is set to "Front camera", "Sweep Panorama" or
"Front video", zoom is not available.
･ To end the camera, tap Navigation bar, then tap
x.
･
f g d h i
Still picture shooting screen
f g d h i
Video recording screen
Capturing mode icon (P.199)
Display area of icons showing selected settings
Applications 198
Changing shooting mode
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
select capturing mode.
Capturing mode icon
■
Capturing mode
Superior auto
The camera detects its state such as fixed
( ) and moving ( ) and determines most
suitable scene effect. When the state is
detected, an icon appears. When scene is
recognized, scene icon and scene name
appear.
"Soft snap", "Landscape", "Backlight",
"Backlight portrait", "Night scene", "Night
portrait", "Document", "Macro", "Low light",
"Infant", or "Spotlight" is recognized.
Normal
A standard shooting mode.
Video camera
Record videos (P.208).
Burst
Images can be taken continuously (P.217).
Picture effect
Apply various picture effects to pictures
(P.215).
Sweep Panorama
Shoot panoramic image with wide angle
(P.216).
Scene selection
Set programmed scenes (P.201).
Front camera
Shoot pictures using the front camera
(P.213).
Front video
Record videos using the front camera
(P.213).
Applications 199
■ Shooting with "Touch capture"
Shooting still pictures
Set "Touch capture", then tap around a
displayed frame on the shooting screen.
･ To set "Touch capture", on the recording
screen, tap , then tap [Touch
capture]u[On].
･ To shoot still pictures using auto-focus
function, touch and hold the screen
and release your finger when the focus
frame turns blue and sound beeps. A
picture is taken as soon as you release
the finger. If the focus frame does not
appear, auto-focus does not operate
correctly.
Tap the shutter icon ( ) or shooting screen to
shoot still pictures. Shot still pictures are
automatically saved in the internal storage or
a microSD card.
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
■ Shooting with the shutter icon
Tap on the shooting/recording screen.
･ To shoot still pictures using auto-focus
function, touch and hold and release
your finger when the focus frame turns
blue and sound beeps. A picture is
taken as soon as you release the finger.
If the focus frame does not appear,
auto-focus does not operate correctly.
❖Information
･
When you connect Stereo Headset with Microphone
(Sample), commercially available earphone set or
other Bluetooth device, shutter sound may be softer.
Applications 200
Changing the shooting settings
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap
then tap item to set.
Several setting icons are displayed on
the shooting screen in advance. The
displayed setting icons change
depending on the setting conditions.
･ When capturing mode (P.199) is set to
"Burst", "Picture effect" or "Sweep
Panorama", tap the setting item icon
displayed on the shooting screen to
change the setting.
･ For setting items and icons, see "Still
camera setting" (P.201).
･
Tap an option in the selected
setting.
･
If you change setting options, icons
displayed on the shooting screen
change to the set items.
❖Information
･
To replace setting item icons displayed on the
shooting screen, tap
on the shooting screen and
touch and hold a setting item and drag it to a dotted
frame.
To delete a setting item icon displayed on the
shooting screen, touch and hold an icon and drag it
to
displayed in the center of the screen.
･ When capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Burst", "Picture
effect" or "Sweep Panorama", a setting item icon
cannot be replaced or deleted.
･
or capturing mode icons (P.199) displayed on the
shooting screen cannot be moved or deleted.
･
Still camera setting
■
Scenes
Use Scenes to quickly set up the camera for
various scene conditions.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Scene
selection".
Soft skin
Shoot a picture making human skin look
smoother.
Soft snap
Settings are optimized to give brighter and
warmer skin tones.
Anti motion blur
Reduce blur without flash when taking
portraits indoors.
Landscape
Shoot landscape depicting trees with vivid
color and focusing on distant objects.
Backlight correction HDR
Correct backlight with the high dynamic
range imaging function.
Applications 201
Night portrait
Suitable for shooting persons against the
nightscape background. Due to long
exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
Night scene
Shoot a crisp and clear night scene. Due to
long exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
Hand-held twilight
Shoot a crisp and clear night scene
reducing noise.
High sensitivity
Reduce blur without flash even when
shooting under poor lighting condition.
Gourmet
Shoot clear images making food look
delicious.
Pet
Suitable for shooting pets.
Beach
Reconstruct beach scene brightly and
vividly.
Snow
Reconstruct snow scene brightly and
vividly.
Party
Shoot an indoor picture creating good
atmosphere of indoor lighting. Due to long
exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
Sports
To shoot fast-moving object, shorten
exposure time to minimize motion blurring.
Document
Use for shooting text or graphics. It allows to
capture a clear, bright, and easy to read text.
Fireworks
Shoot a crisp and clear images of fireworks.
Due to long exposure time, be careful not to
shake camera.
■
Resolution
Set the resolution for shooting. An image
with a higher resolution requires more
memory.
13MP/
12MP
13 megapixel (4128×3096) or 12 megapixel
(3920×2940) image size with 4:3 aspect
ratio. Suitable for viewing on normal size
screen or printing in high resolution.
When you set the capturing mode (P.199) to
any of the followings, the resolution is set to
12MP.
･ Superior auto
･ Normal (when "HDR" is set to "On")
･ Scene selection (when "Backlight
correction HDR" is set)
Applications 202
9MP
9 megapixel (3920×2204) image size with
16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution widescreen format. Suitable for viewing on widescreen.
5MP
5 megapixel (2592×1944) image size with
4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for viewing on
normal size screen.
2MP/
1.8MP
2 megapixel (1920×1080) or 1.8 megapixel
(1824×1026) image size with 16:9 aspect
ratio. Suitable for viewing on wide-screen.
When you set the capturing mode (P.199) to
"Front camera" and "HDR" to "On", the
resolution is set to 1.8MP.
1.7MP
1.7 megapixel (1520×1140) image size with
4:3 aspect ratio.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Front
camera".
VGA
VGA format (640×480) with 4:3 aspect ratio.
■
Fill flash
Always turn on the flash regardless of the
brightness.
Red-eye reduction
Reduce red-eye effect caused by the flash.
Off
The flash does not turn on.
･ Sometimes still picture quality can be
better without flash. When you do not
turn on the flash, use the self-timer to
avoid blurring still picture.
■
Self-timer
Shoot when a set time elapses after tapping
the shutter icon or the shooting screen.
Use it to take self-portraits, or group photos
where everyone can be in the photo. You
can also use the self-timer to avoid camera
shake.
On (10 sec.)
Shutter clicks 10 seconds after tapping.
On (2 sec.)
Shutter clicks 2 seconds after tapping.
Off
Shutter clicks immediately after tapping.
Flash
Set the flash to light or not when lighting
conditions are poor or in backlight.
Auto
Turn on the flash automatically according to
the brightness.
Applications 203
■
Smile Shutter
Shoot faces at the moment they smile
(P.214).
Big smile
Shoot when a big smile is detected.
Average smile
Shoot when a smile is detected.
Small smile
Shoot when even a tiny smile is detected.
Off
Cancel smile detection function.
■
Quick launch
Set to activate the camera or shoot images
by dragging Quick launch icon ( /
to the left on the unlock screen when "Set
all to" or "Lock screen" is set to "Xperia™" on
Preferred apps settings (P.148), and set
screen unlocking method (P.152) to "Swipe/
Touch" (P.213).
Launch and capture
Activate the camera to shoot a photo
immediately.
Launch only (still camera)
Activate the camera to display shooting
screen.
Launch and record movie
Activate the camera to record a video
immediately.
Launch only (movie camera)
Activate the camera to display recording
video screen.
Off
Do not show Quick launch icon on the
unlock screen.
■
Focus mode
Set focus controls.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Normal".
Single autofocus
The camera automatically focuses on the
object.
Multi autofocus
The camera automatically focuses on
several points on the shooting screen.
When the shutter icon or shooting screen is
tapped, white focus frames turn to blue if
focused on.
Face detection
Detect a face to focus (P.214).
Touch focus
Tap an object on the shooting screen. The
focus frame moves onto the tapped place.
Object tracking
The camera chases an object and focuses
on it.
Applications 204
■
Exposure value
Adjusting brightness with exposure value.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Normal".
Exposure value
Drag the bar to adjust the exposure value.
■
HDR
Set the high dynamic range function.
On
Shoot with the high dynamic range
imaging function.
Off
Cancel the high dynamic range function.
■
White balance
Adjust the color balance to the light source.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Normal".
Auto
Adjust the color balance automatically to
the light source.
Incandescent
Adjust the color balance for lighting like
incandescent bulb.
Fluorescent
Adjust the color balance for lighting like
fluorescent.
Daylight
Adjust the color balance for a sunny place.
Cloudy
Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or
shaded area.
■
ISO
Set ISO sensitivity. Shoot clear picture
reducing blur even in a place where
lightning is poor.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Normal".
Auto
Set to the appropriate sensitivity from "100"
to "1600".
100
Set sensitivity to 100.
200
Set sensitivity to 200.
400
Set sensitivity to 400.
800
Set sensitivity to 800.
1600
Set sensitivity to 1600.
Applications 205
■
Metering
Measure the brightness on the shooting
screen to determine a well-balanced
exposure automatically.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Normal".
Center
Put emphasis at the center of the shooting
screen and measure photometry at whole
view finder to adjust the exposure.
Average
Adjust the exposure based on the
brightness of the whole shooting screen.
Spot
Measure photometry only at the center of
the shooting screen to adjust the exposure.
■
■
Soft skin effect
Set a function for shooting a picture of
human skin making it look smoother.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Front
camera".
Geotagging
Tag photos location information (geotag)
for the shooting spot. Enable the location
information service setting to add Geotag.
For details on location information service,
see "Location services" (P.227).
On
Geotag (location information) is added to
specify the shooting spot of the photo.
Off
Shooting location cannot be viewed on a
map.
Image stabilizer
Compensate for photo blur caused by small
movements of the hand when shooting.
On
Reduce blur.
Off
The stabilizer is not used.
■
On
Shoot a picture making human skin look
smoother.
Off
Cancel Soft skin effect.
■
Auto upload(photo)
Automatically upload shot images to
PlayMemories Online (P.83).
On
Shot images are automatically uploaded.
When the setting is enabled, the setting
screen appears. Mark "Play Memories
Online" and follow the onscreen
instructions.
Off
Shot images are not automatically
uploaded.
Applications 206
■
Touch capture
■
You can shoot an image by tapping the
shooting screen.
On
You can shoot an image by tapping the
shooting screen.
Off
Tap the shutter icon to shoot.
■
■
Set shooting direction for Sweep Panorama.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Sweep
Panorama".
Right
Shoot moving the camera from left to right.
Left
Shoot moving the camera from right to left.
Down
Shoot moving the camera downward.
Up
Shoot moving the camera upward.
Data storage
Set the saving location for shot images.
Internal storage
Save shot images in the internal storage.
SD card
Save shot images in a microSD card.
Photo light
Use the photo light to shoot when lighting
conditions are poor or in backlight.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Burst" or
"Sweep Panorama".
On
The photo light turns on.
Off
The photo light does not turn on.
Shooting direction
■
Burst speed
Set continuous shooting speed.
The setting is available only when the
capturing mode (P.199) is set to "Burst".
High
Shoot at high speed and 1280×720 image
size with 16:9 aspect ratio.
Middle
Shoot at medium speed and 3920×2204
image size with 16:9 aspect ratio.
Low
Shoot at low speed and 1920×1080 image
size with 16:9 aspect ratio.
Applications 207
❖Information
■ Shooting with "Touch capture"
Set "Touch capture", then tap around a
displayed frame on the recording screen
to start recording, and tap the recording
screen to stop recording.
･ To set "Touch capture", on the recording
screen, tap , then tap [Touch
capture]u[On].
For available setting items when the capturing mode
(P.199) is set to "Front camera", see "Front camera"
(P.213).
･ Some settings cannot be used in combination with
one another.
･
Recording videos
Tap the start recording icon ( )/stop
recording icon ( ) or tap the recording
screen for starting/stopping recording a
video. Recorded videos are automatically
saved in the internal storage or a microSD
card.
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Video camera].
･
❖Information
Alternatively, tap
in Step 2 to start recording.
Do not cover the microphone with fingers etc. when
recording videos.
･ When you connect Stereo Headset with Microphone
(Sample), commercially available earphone set or
other Bluetooth device, shutter sound may be softer.
･
･
and
The video recording screen (P.198)
appears.
■ Recording with the start recording
icon/stop recording icon
On the recording screen, tap to start
recording, and tap to stop recording.
Changing the recording
settings
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Video camera].
･
and
The video recording screen (P.198)
appears.
Applications 208
3
On the shooting screen, tap
then tap item to set.
Several setting icons are displayed on
the shooting screen in advance. The
displayed setting icons change
depending on the setting conditions.
･ For setting items and icons, see "Video
camera setting" (P.209).
･
Tap an option in the selected
setting.
･
If you change setting options, icons
displayed on the shooting screen
change to the set items.
❖Information
To replace setting item icons displayed on the
recording screen, tap
on the recording screen
and touch and hold a setting item and drag it to a
dotted frame.
･ To delete a setting item icon displayed on the
shooting screen, touch and hold an icon and drag it
to
displayed in the center of the screen.
･
or capturing mode icons (P.199) displayed on the
recording screen cannot be moved or deleted.
･
Video camera setting
■
Scenes
Use Scenes to quickly set up the camera for
various scene conditions.
Off
Adjust color shade or brightness
automatically.
Soft snap
Settings are optimized to give brighter and
warmer skin tones.
Landscape
Shoot landscape depicting trees with vivid
color and focusing on distant objects.
Night
Shoot a crisp and clear night scene.
Beach
Reconstruct beach scene brightly and
vividly.
Snow
Reconstruct snow scene brightly and
vividly.
Sports
To shoot fast-moving object, shorten
exposure time to minimize motion blurring.
Party
Shoot an indoor picture creating good
atmosphere of indoor lighting.
Applications 209
■
Video resolution
Set the resolution for recording. An image
with a higher resolution requires more
memory.
Full HD
Full HD format (1920×1080) with 16:9
aspect ratio.
HD
HD 720p format (1280×720) with 16:9
aspect ratio.
VGA
VGA format (640×480) with 4:3 aspect ratio.
■
Photo light
Use the photo light to shoot when lighting
conditions are poor or in backlight.
On
The photo light turns on.
Off
The photo light does not turn on.
Sometimes the video quality can be better
without a photo light, even if lighting
conditions are poor. Recording a good
video without using the photo light
requires a steady hand.
■
Self-timer
Start recording when a set time elapses
after tapping the shutter icon or the
shooting screen.
On (10 sec.)
Start recording 10 seconds after tapping.
On (2 sec.)
Start recording 2 seconds after tapping.
Off
Start recording immediately after tapping.
■
Quick launch
Set to activate the camera or shoot images
by dragging Quick launch icon ( /
to the left on the unlock screen when "Set
all to" or "Lock screen" is set to "Xperia™" on
Preferred apps settings (P.148), and set
screen unlocking method (P.152) to "Swipe/
Touch" (P.213).
Launch and capture
Activate the camera to shoot a photo
immediately.
Launch only (still camera)
Activate the camera to display shooting
screen.
Launch and record movie
Activate the camera to record a video
immediately.
Applications 210
Launch only (movie camera)
Activate the camera to display recording
video screen.
Off
Do not show Quick launch icon on the
unlock screen.
■
■
Adjust the color balance to the light source.
Auto
Adjust the color balance automatically to
the light source.
Incandescent
Adjust the color balance for lighting like
incandescent bulb.
Fluorescent
Adjust the color balance for lighting like
fluorescent.
Daylight
Adjust the color balance for a sunny place.
Cloudy
Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or
shaded area.
Focus mode
Set focus controls.
Single autofocus
The camera automatically focuses on the
object.
Face detection
Detect a face to focus (P.214).
Object tracking
The camera chases an object and focuses
on it.
■
Exposure value
Adjusting brightness with Exposure value.
Exposure value
Drag the bar to adjust the exposure value.
■
Video HDR
Set the high dynamic range function.
On
Shoot with the high dynamic range
imaging function.
Off
Cancel the high dynamic range function.
White balance
■
Metering
Measure the brightness on the shooting
screen to determine a well-balanced
exposure automatically.
Center
Put emphasis at the center of the shooting
screen and measure photometry at whole
view finder to adjust the exposure.
Average
Adjust the exposure based on the
brightness of the whole shooting screen.
Spot
Measure photometry only at the center of
the shooting screen to adjust the exposure.
Applications 211
■
Image stabilizer
■
Compensate for movements of the camera
while recording a video.
On
Reduce blur.
Off
The stabilizer is not used.
■
■
Tap the recording screen to start/stop
recording a video.
On
Tap the recording screen to start/stop
recording a video.
Off
Tap the start recording icon/stop recording
icon to start/stop recording a video.
Geotagging
Tag videos location information (geotag) for
the recording spot. Enable the location
information service setting to add Geotag.
For details on location information service,
see "Location services" (P.227).
On
Geotag (location information) is added to
specify the recording spot of the video.
Off
Recording location cannot be viewed on a
map.
Microphone
Set whether to pick up the surrounding
sound when recording videos.
On
Pick up the surrounding sound when
recording videos.
Off
Do not pick up the surrounding sound
when recording videos.
Touch capture
■
Data storage
Set the saving location for recorded videos.
Internal storage
Save recorded videos in the internal
storage.
SD card
Save recorded videos in a microSD card.
❖Information
For available setting items when the capturing mode
(P.199) is set to "Front video", see "Front camera"
(P.213).
･ Some settings cannot be used in combination with
one another.
･
Applications 212
For using Front video camera, "Video resolution",
"Self-timer", "Image stabilizer", "Geotagging",
"Microphone", "Touch capture", "Data storage" can be
set. Other "Video camera setting" (P.209) are not
supported by Front video camera.
- The settings take over the camera settings set at
the time when switching.
･
Front camera
Front camera allows you to shoot your own
picture or video while watching the shooting
screen.
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
Tap
on the shooting/recording
screen.
Shoot photo/video.
･
For information on how to shoot, see
"Shooting still pictures" (P.200) or
"Recording videos" (P.208).
❖Information
Alternatively, on the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then tap [Front
camera]/[Front video] to switch to the Front camera/
Front video camera.
･ When using Front camera, "Resolution", "Self-timer",
"Smile Shutter", "HDR", "Image stabilizer", "Soft skin
effect", "Geotagging", "Auto upload(photo)", "Touch
capture", "Data storage" can be set. Other "Still
camera setting" (P.201) are not supported by Front
camera.
- Resolution for front camera is "2MP" ("1.8MP" when
"HDR" is set to "On"), "1.7MP", "VGA".
- The settings take over the camera settings set at
the time when switching.
･
Quick launch
Quick launch allows you to activate camera
to shoot without unlocking the screen lock.
❖Information
By default, on the unlock screen, tap
to activate
camera.
･ To use Quick launch, on Preferred apps settings
(P.148), set "Set all to" or "Lock screen" to "Xperia™" in
advance. And set screen unlocking method (P.152) to
"Swipe/Touch".
･
On the unlock screen, drag
to the left.
"Launch only (still camera)" to activate
the camera is set by default.
･ To shoot using Quick launch, make
setting from the shooting screen. For
details, see "Quick launch" (P.204).
･
Applications 213
Shoot using face detection
Face detection
Use Face detection to focus on a face located
away from the center. The camera detects up
to 5 faces and selects 1 face for auto focus.
The camera determines the most suitable
face according to the balance of distance
from the camera and from the center. A
selected face is surrounded with a yellow
frame and automatically focused on. You can
select a face to focus on by tapping a frame.
Setting face detection
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Normal]/[Video camera].
On the shooting screen, tap
and [Focus mode]u[Face
detection].
With Face detection set, point the
camera at the object.
･
Tap the frame you want to focus on
or let the camera select which face
to focus on without tapping.
･
Each detected face is framed (up to 5
faces).
A yellow frame shows the face in focus.
Shoot photo/video.
･
For information on how to shoot, see
"Shooting still pictures" (P.200) or
"Recording videos" (P.208).
Smile Shutter
Smile shutter allows you to capture a face just
as it smiles. The camera detects up to 5 faces
and selects 1 face for smile shutter and auto
focus. A selected face is surrounded with a
yellow frame and when the selected face
smiles, the frame turns to blue and the
camera automatically takes a photo.
Applications 214
Setting smile shutter
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
Picture effect
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap
then tap [Smile Shutter].
Select smile level for the smile
shutter.
Taking a photo using smile shutter
Set smile shutter, and point the
camera at the object.
Each detected face is framed (up to 5
faces).
･ The camera selects which face to focus
on. A yellow frame shows the face in
focus.
･
The camera automatically takes
the photo when a face in focus
smiles.
Picture effect allows you to shoot pictures
with various picture effects.
Setting picture effects
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Picture effect].
Select a picture effect.
･
Select from "Nostalgic", "Miniature",
"Vivid", "Filter", "Fisheye", "Sketch", "Partial
color", "Harris shutter" or "Kaleidoscope".
❖Information
On the screen for selecting a picture effect, press
m to capture a screenshot.
･ Resolution for the picture effect is "2MP". The
resolution cannot be changed.
･
Shot pictures are automatically saved in
the internal storage or a microSD card.
･ If no smile is detected, operate the
steps in "Shooting still pictures" (P.200)
to shoot a picture.
･
Applications 215
Taking a picture using picture effect
Set picture effect, and point the
camera at the object.
･
Shot pictures are automatically saved in
the internal storage or a microSD card.
When you take a picture using picture effect, "Touch
capture" (P.200) is not available.
Sweep Panorama
Use Sweep Panorama to shoot panoramic
image with wide angle.
Aligning the white frame on the screen with
the black frame, move the camera slowly
toward the set shooting direction to shoot.
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
For information on how to shoot
pictures, see "Shooting still pictures"
(P.200).
･ A white frame and big black frame
appear on the shooting screen.
･
Aligning the white frame with the
black frame, slowly move the
camera from left to right.
If you change shooting direction, slowly
move the camera in the set direction.
･ Shot pictures are saved automatically in
the internal storage or a microSD card.
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
Set Sweep Panorama, point the
camera at the object.
Shoot a still picture.
･
Setting Sweep Panorama
Tap
to set "Shooting direction"
(P.207) or "Photo light" (P.207).
Shooting Sweep Panorama
Tap .
･
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Sweep Panorama].
･
Tap or pinch to change the picture
effect setting.
❖Information
･
❖Information
･
For shooting with Sweep Panorama, always hold the
camera horizontally.
Applications 216
Continuous shooting
Playing multimedia
content
Use Burst to shoot a series of images.
Setting continuous shoot
From the Home screen, tap
[Camera].
･
and
The still picture shooting screen (P.198)
appears.
On the shooting screen, tap the
capturing mode icon (P.199), then
tap [Burst].
･
Tap
to set "Burst speed"
(P.207) or "Photo light" (P.207).
Photos or videos that you took with the
terminal or multimedia contents (music,
photos, videos, etc.) saved in the internal
storage or microSD card are viewed/played in
applications such as "Media Player",
"WALKMAN", "Album".
The terminal can play the following
multimedia contents:
Type
Sound
Shoot continuous images
Set Burst and point the camera to
an object.
Touch and hold .
Pictures are continuously shot while
is touched and held.
･ Shot pictures are automatically saved in
the internal storage or a microSD card.
･
Still
image
Video
File format
WAV (PCM, G.711) (.wav), AAC (.3gp, .m4a,
.mp4), AAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), eAAC+
(.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), MP3 (.mp3), AMR-NB
(.3gp), AMR-WB (.3gp), MIDI (SP-MIDI/GM/
GML (.mid), XMF (.xmf ), Mobile XMF 1.0
(.mxmf ), RTTTL/RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota),
iMelody (.imy)), Ogg Vorbis (.ogg), FLAC
(.flac), PIFF (.isma)
JPEG (.jpeg, .jpg), GIF (.gif ), PNG (.png), BMP
(.bmp), WEBP (.webp)
H263 (.3gp, .mp4), H264 AVC (.3gp, .mp4),
MPEG-4 SP (.3gp), VP8 (.webm, .mkv), Xvid
(.avi), Quicktime (.mov), PIFF (.ismv)
❖Information
･
"Touch capture" (P.200) is not available while Burst is
set.
Applications 217
Copyright protected content
Avoid copyright infringements when you
handle photos, videos, or sound recorded
using the terminal, e.g. copy/edit. In addition,
avoid rights infringements of portraits by
using these photos without consent, altering
them or by other means. Note that capturing
or recording a stage performance,
entertainment or exhibition may be
prohibited even if for personal use.
Using Stereo Headset with
Microphone
Connect the plug of Stereo
Headset with Microphone
(Sample) to headset jack of the
terminal.
Check the connecting direction to
connect correctly. Wrong connection
may cause damage.
･ When Smart Connect appears, follow
the onscreen instructions.
･
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
Applications 218
❖Information
When you listen to Media Player/WALKMAN/FM
radio with Stereo Headset with Microphone
connected to the terminal, you can switch on/off by
pressing the switch of Stereo Headset with
Microphone. However, operation may differ
depending on the conditions of use.
･ When using the supplied 1Seg antenna cable SO01,
connect Stereo Headset with Microphone with the
1Seg antenna cable SO01 (P.188).
When you do not watch 1Seg, Stereo Headset with
Microphone can be used without the 1Seg antenna
cable SO01 connected.
･ If receiving a call when using Stereo Headset with
Microphone, music or 1Seg program stops, and the
ringtone sounds.
- If receiving a call when using Media Player, playing
music resumes by tapping the play key on the
Media Player screen after the call ends.
- If receiving a call when using WALKMAN, playing
music resumes when the call ends.
- If receiving a call while watching 1Seg program,
1Seg program restarts by displaying 1Seg
watching screen after call.
･ If you connect a commercially available earphone
set, sound may not be output depending on the
earphone set.
Album
･
Images, photos and videos you took can be
viewed and played. Also, use Media Go to
transfer content to the terminal and to take
content from an external device. For details,
refer to "Connecting to a PC with microUSB
cable" (P.171).
Viewing photo/video
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Album].
･
･
Album screen appears.
is displayed for video files.
❖Information
･
Depending on the number of saved images, it may
take some times to load images.
Applications 219
■
Album screen
■
Still picture viewing screen
bc
cde
Pictures tab
･ Pictures are displayed in a list of chronological
order. Pinch-out/in on the screen to zoom in/out
image.
b My albums tab
･ You can view albums in a list. You can view
images with Geotagging attached on a map,
saved images, pictures shot by the camera,
albums synchronized on an online service, and
images on a device registered in the Media server.
c View optional menu
Location information
･ For a geotagged image, a country name and a
region name appear, and tap the icon to view the
image on the map.
b Go back to the album screen
c View share menu (P.221)
d Delete image (P.221)
e View optional menu (P.221)
f Shooting date and time
❖Information
Pinch-out/in on the photo viewing screen to zoom
in/out image.
･ The items vary depending on the selected file.
･
Viewing photos
Tap a photo on the Album screen.
･
･
The still picture viewing screen appears.
Tap the screen to display information
such as shooting date, option menu
icons, etc.
Playing video
Tap a video on the Album screen.
Tap
･
･
Video playback screen appears.
Video is played.
Applications 220
Operating image files
Sharing image files
You can share image files by attaching to
Gmail or Email, uploading to Picasa or
Google+, or sending to other devices via
Bluetooth or infrared communication.
On the photo viewing screen/
video playing screen, tap the
screen and tap .
･
･
Menu for sharing image file appears.
Tap [See all] to display all share menus.
Select sharing method for image
file.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
Different options may be shown or some items
cannot be operated in some image files.
･ To operate several files, on the album screen, tap
and [Select items] to select image files.
･ When you select "Infrared" in Step 2, the Send via
infrared message appears. Tap [OK] to start sending.
For details on infrared communication, see "Using
infrared communication" (P.164).
･ For shared files, file size and the file type are not
particularly limited, but may be limited by the
application to transfer. DRM content cannot be
shared.
･
Deleting image files
On the photo viewing screen/
video playing screen, tap and
tap [OK].
･
Image file is deleted.
❖Information
･
To delete several files, on the album screen, tap
and [Select items], then select image files to delete,
and then tap and tap [OK].
Using optional menu
View slideshow, edit image, set image to
phonebook entry or as wallpaper, check
shooting date and time, etc.
On the photo viewing screen/
video playing screen, tap the
screen and tap .
From the displayed menu, select
item you want to use.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖Information
Different options may be shown or some items
cannot be operated in some image files.
･ In Step 2, tap "Throw" to display the connection
device selection screen (if no devices are found, tap
[Add new device] to make the setting). Select a
device on the connection device selection screen to
share files between a DLNA device, Bluetooth device,
or screen mirroring device and the terminal.
･
Applications 221
2
YouTube
YouTube is a free online video streaming
service. You can play, search for and upload
videos.
･ A packet communication charge is applied
when downloading or uploading video
content using mobile networks.
Playing YouTube video
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [YouTube].
If you do not set Google account, the
Google account setting screen appears.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
･ A list of videos appears. You can select
from categories.
･
Tap a video to play it.
Tap the screen to display play/pause
icon or progress bar. Drag the marker
left or right on the progress to change
playing point.
･ Turn the terminal sideways to switch to
the landscape view.
･ Tap x to stop playing and return to
the video list screen.
･ To quit YouTube, tap y.
･
❖Information
For movies with caption function which can display
subtitles, "CC" appears on the playback screen in the
landscape mode. Tap [CC] to set the caption
function.
･ When "HD" or "HQ" appears while playing in the
landscape view, tap [HD]/[HQ] to play in high quality.
A video plays in high quality when Wi-Fi is
connected. To always play video in high quality even
when mobile network is connected, tap , then
tap [Settings]u[General] then mark "High quality on
mobile" checkbox.
･ Tap
to search videos. To delete search history, tap
and [Settings]u[Search]u[Clear search
history]u[OK].
･
Applications 222
■ When the Applications screen is
Connecting the terminal to
TV to watch photos and
videos
This terminal supports MHL connection. To
connect to an MHL compatible TV, insert a
commercially available MHL cable into the
microUSB jack of the terminal and the MHL
jack of the TV.
To connect to an HDMI compatible TV, use a
commercially available HDMI connector
(MHL adapter) and an HDMI cable etc. to
connect to the terminal.
Connect to a TV to display photos and videos
on the TV screen.
･
Switch the TV to MHL input mode.
Flick an icon left or right to select
application you want to use.
･
The screen of the terminal is shown on
the TV screen.
❖Information
･
･
Connecting to TV to activate an
application by TV launcher
displayed
appears on the status bar. Also,
drag the status bar downwards and tap
[TV launcher] to activate TV launcher.
･
Connect the terminal with the
Home screen or Application screen
displayed to a TV using an MHL
cable.
･
■ When the Home screen is displayed
･ Activate TV launcher automatically.
･
･
･
While MHL is connected, drag the status bar
downwards and tap [MHL connected] to make
output settings or check using a TV remote control
etc.
On the TV launcher screen, select an album art in
WALKMAN at the upper left to display WALKMAN
screen.
On the TV launcher screen, Tap [Home] to display the
Home screen of the terminal.
On the TV launcher screen, tap [Add] or
and tap
[Add], then select the desired shortcut to add to the
TV launcher screen.
On the TV launcher screen, tap
and [Rearrange]
to rearrange shortcuts on the TV launcher screen.
On the TV launcher screen, tap
and [Delete] to
delete shortcuts on the TV launcher screen.
Removing the MHL cable from the terminal severs
connection, however, TV may remain to MHL input
mode or HDMI input mode. Follow the instructions
on the TV to switch to digital terrestrial television
mode, etc.
Applications 223
When you do not use MHL connection, remove the
MHL cable or HDMI adapter and cancel MHL
connection. If the HDMI cable remains connected,
the battery may be consumed quickly.
･ The terminal does not support resolution 720×576p
at 50Hz for MHL output to TV.
･ You can operate the TV Launcher screen, the Home
screen or applications using a TV remote controller if
connecting the following devices.
- MHL compatible TV supporting Remote Control
Protocol (RCP)
- HDMI compatible TV supporting Consumer
Electronic Control (CEC)
To connect to an HDMI compatible TV, a
commercially available HDMI connector (MHL
adapter) compatible with RCP is required.
Some applications may not support remote control
operations.
･
Activating Media Player
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Media Player].
･
■
Media Player screen appears.
Media Player screen
Media Player
Play back music and videos stored on the
internal storage or a microSD card using
Media Player.
･ For information on how to copy music and
video data from a PC, see "Connecting to a PC
with microUSB cable" (P.171).
･ For information on file formats of playable
data, see "Playing multimedia content" (P.217).
Tab
･ Change displayed information.
･ Flick left or right.
b View optional menu
❖Information
･
To change the order of tab icons, tap
and tap
[Settings]u[Arrange icons], drag
up and down
on the item to change then tap [Apply].
Applications 224
i
Playing music/video
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Media Player].
･
Tap [Movie] tab at the bottom of the
screen to display video list.
Tap a song/video.
■
Music playback screen
･
The playback screen appears to start
playing back music/video.
Volume control
･ Alternatively, press m during playback to
adjust volume.
❖Information
･
You can return to the Home screen to perform
another operation while listening to music in the
background. To return to the music playback screen,
from the Home screen, tap
then tap [Media
Player], or drag the status bar downward to tap the
name of song that is being played.
■
Video playback screen
Back to song list
Go back to the beginning of the track or to the
previous track/Play or pause/Skip to the next track
c Playback point
･ Appears when album art is tapped.
d View optional menu
e Album art
f Song information
g Repeat OFF/Repeat ON/1 track repeat
h Shuffle OFF/Shuffle ON
Back to video list
Go back to the beginning of the video or to the
previous video/Play or pause/Skip to the next video
c Playback point
d View optional menu
e Video information
f Auto-rotate screen ON/OFF
･ Tap
to turn red and disable Auto-rotate
screen.
g Volume control
･ Alternatively, press m during playback to
adjust volume.
Applications 225
❖Information
Editing songs in playlist
While in landscape mode, tap the screen to display
option menu icons etc.
･
■ Changing order of the songs
Play list
Drag up and down
in song to change
order and tap [Save]u[OK].
You can play back songs in the order you
decided using playlist.
■ Deleting songs from playlist
Creating a playlist
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Media Player].
Flick left and right on tabs at the
bottom of the screen and tap [Play
list].
･
On the play list screen, select a
playlist to edit and tap [Edit].
Select a song to delete and tap
[Save]u[OK].
Play list screen appears.
Tap [Create new] and enter the
access point name and tap [OK].
Tap [Add songs to playlist] and
select songs you want to add.
Deleting playlist
On the play list screen, tap [Edit].
Tap a playlist you want to delete.
Tap [Save]u[OK].
❖Information
･
"Recently added songs", "Recently played songs", and
"Most played songs" playlists cannot be deleted.
You can also select songs from "Artists"
and "Albums".
･
on the selected song turns red and
the song is added to Play list by each
tap.
･
Tap [Apply]u[Save]u[OK].
Applications 226
Location services
Your current location can be positioned using
GPS, Wi-Fi, or mobile network. If you use GPS
technology it may take a little longer, but it
will find your exact position. If you use Wi-Fi
or mobile network, your position is found
shortly but accuracy may decrease. Use GPS,
Wi-Fi, and mobile network in combination to
quickly find your exact position.
GPS function
The terminal has a GPS receiver that uses
satellite signals to calculate your location.
Some GPS features use the Internet. Data
rates and charges may apply.
When you use GPS function to find your
location, make sure you have a clear view of
the sky. If GPS does not find your location
after several minutes, move to another
location. To help the search, stand still and do
not cover the GPS/Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna
section (P.29). The first time you use the GPS,
it may take about 10 minutes before your
location is found.
･ Use the GPS system with great care. DOCOMO
is not liable for any damage caused by
abnormality of the system.
Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities for
any purely economic loss including those due
to missing a chance to check the
measurement (communication) results
because of external factors (including the
running out of the battery), such as a failure,
malfunction, or any other problems of the
terminal or the power failure.
･ You cannot use the terminal as a navigation
device for an aircraft, vehicle, and person.
Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities
whatsoever even if you suffer damage or loss
while performing a navigation using the
location information.
･ You cannot use the terminal as a highaccuracy measurement GPS. Note that
DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever
even if you suffer damage or loss due to a
deviation of the location information.
･ The GPS signals cannot be easily received
near a vehicle's sun visor with metal parts.
･ GPS is operated by the U.S. Department of
Defense. The department controls the
accuracy of the system, and manages the
system. Therefore, GPS radio wave condition
may be controlled (degradation of accuracy,
suspension of radio wave transmission, etc.) at
the discretion of the U.S. Department of
Defense.
･
Applications 227
Some wireless communications products
(mobile phone, data detectors and some
others) block satellite signals and also causes
instability of signal reception.
･ Some map displays based on location
information (latitude/longitude information)
may be not accurate due to some countries'
or regions' regulations.
･
■
Where radio waves are difficult to
receive
Note that radio waves may not be received
or it may be difficult to receive radio waves
in the following conditions, since GPS uses
radio waves from a satellite.
･ Inside or immediately under a building
･ Inside a bag or box
･ Inside or under a thick covering of trees
･ In a car, inside a train compartment
･ When there are obstructions (people or
objects) near the terminal
･ Inside a basement or tunnel, and below
the ground or water
･ In buildings-clustered or residential area
･ Near a high-voltage cable
･ Bad weather such as heavy rain or snow
❖Note
･
If some of the GPS functions are not available, or if
none of them are, check that your contract includes
the use of the Internet, and see "Wireless & networks"
(P.128).
･
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for navigation services or
for the accuracy of location services.
Activating GPS/Location services
You can position current location using GPS,
Wi-Fi or information sent from base stations
of mobile network.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [Location services].
Tap or drag right
for Access
to my location.
Read note on GPS location services
and tap [Agree], then read
Location consent and tap [Agree].
･
"GPS satellites" and "Google's location
service" are marked.
❖Information
The note for location information may appear in Step
4.
･ Alternatively, drag the status bar downwards and tap
[GPS] to turn on/off GPS. To activate, read the note on
GPS location services and tap [Agree].
･ Users location information is sent to Google without
specifying who they are. Some location information
is stored even when the application is not running.
･ "GPS satellites" and "Google's location service" can be
set individually.
･
Applications 228
■
Using My location info in Google
application
❖Information
To identify the current location with Google
application such as Google Maps, you need
to allow the Google application to access
location information.
When you set a Google account, set the
location information settings from Privacy
in the account. For details on Google
account, see "Setting Google account"
(P.156).
･ Turn on the location information service
setting beforehand (P.228).
To use Google Maps, enable data traffic (LTE/3G/
GPRS) or connect to Wi-Fi.
･ Google Maps does not cover the whole world.
･ Only using LTE/3G/Wi-Fi connection may not detect
some locations.
･ Google may provide updated service or function.
･
From the Home screen, tap
[Maps].
and
When a message appears, follow the
onscreen instructions.
･ A map screen appears.
･
Finding the current location on the
map
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [Google]u[Location settings].
You can detect your current location using
location information service.
Tap or drag right
to my location.
❖Information
of Access
Using Google Maps
The Google Maps application allows you to
view your current location, find other
locations and search routes.
･
To detect current location, enable the location
information service (P.228) beforehand, then allow
Google application to access the location
information (P.229). If you do not set a Google
account, on the map screen, tap
and
[Settings]uTap [Location settings].
On the map screen, tap
The blinking blue mark shows the
current location.
･ If you tap , the terminal's
geomagnetic compass links the
direction displayed on the map.
･
Applications 229
Zooming in or out on a map
Pinch in/out the map screen.
❖Information
･
Alternatively, double-tap the screen to zoom in.
Searching for a location you want to
look at
On the map screen, tap
Fill out the search bar.
Tap
Tap a destination.
Viewing Street View
Street View does not cover some areas. For
uncovered area, Street View icon appears in
light gray.
Touch and hold a spot on the map
that you are going to look at in
Street View.
Tap the displayed call-out.
Tap [Street view]u[OK].
･
On the Street View display, tap and
tap [Compass mode]. The compass in
Street View shows the same direction
as the terminal's geomagnetic
compass.
You can enter addresses, city names,
business types and institution names
(for example, London and art museum).
･ When a list of places matched to the
entered letters appears on the screen,
tap a place in the list to check the
location on the map.
･
･
･
･
on the software keyboard.
Search result appears on the map.
When "Did you mean:" appears at the
top of the map or "RESULT LIST"
appears at the bottom of the map, tap
to select the place to view.
A detailed information screen appears.
❖Information
On the detailed information screen, you can check
the route or phone number for the searched
location. The items displayed vary depending on the
location.
･ On the map screen, tap
to select a category such
as "Restaurants", "Cafes" and show it on the map.
･
Applications 230
Changing the layers
Getting direction
You can select information to overlay on the
map.
You can receive detailed guides for your
destination.
On the map screen, tap .
Tap information to display.
･
Traffic information and routes are not
available in all locations.
Traffic
Satellite
Terrain
Transit Lines
Latitude
My Maps
Wikipedia
Show traffic condition.
Display satellite photo.
Display geological formation.
Show route information.
Join Latitude.
View My Maps that you create on a
PC. Only viewing : You cannot create
My Maps on the terminal.
Display .
Tap
to display a Wikipedia article
related to the location.
On the map screen, tap .
Enter a start point in the upper
entry field, and an end point in the
lower entry field.
･
Select a transportation from
(Driving)/ (Transit)/
(Walking).
･
Alternatively, tap at the right of the
input field to select a Start point and
End point from "My location"/
"Contacts"/"Point on map"/"My Places".
When you select transit, you can select
preferred transit or conditions.
Tap [GET DIRECTIONS].
■ Going by car/on foot
Direction is shown on a map.
■ Going by public transport
Trip list appears. Select a route to check
details.
❖Information
･
After Step 4, tap to use easy route search with My
Location as Start point.
Applications 231
Clearing the Maps
❖Information
Clear displayed layers, route search results
and some others.
･
On the map screen, tap
[Clear Map].
and tap
Checking where a friend is by
Google Latitude
Google Latitude enables you to share
location information with your friends on the
map.
You need to set up a Google account (P.156)
and join Latitude and invite a friend who
gives his or her location information, or to
receive an invitation from him or her.
Joining Latitude
To set or disable Latitude, tap
on the map screen,
then tap [Settings]u[Location settings] to display a
screen for the operation.
･ For details of Latitude, tap
on the map screen,
then tap [Help]u[How to]u[Additional Maps
features]u[Latitude] to view the help.
Calendar
The terminal has a built-in calendar for the
schedule. If you have a Google account etc.,
you can synchronize the terminal's calendar
and web calendar. For details, see "Setting an
account" (P.156).
･ When a Google account is set, tap [Sync
Calendar] in the Sync items of Google
account (P.157).
You need to turn on the location information
service setting beforehand. For details, see
"Activating GPS/Location services" (P.228).
On the map screen, tap [Maps]
u[Latitude].
･
If you do not set Google account, tap
[Join Latitude] to display the Google
account setting screen. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
Tap [MAP VIEW].
Applications 232
❖Information
Displaying calendar
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Calendar].
･
A calendar screen appears.
Tap [Month]/[Week]/[Day].
Tap
to move the cursor to date and
time set on the terminal. Number
displayed on the icon shows the
current date.
･ Flick the calendar left or right to display
the next or previous month/week/day
according to the view mode.
･ Pinch out/in on the weekly or daily
schedule screen to zoom in/out
calendar.
･
Creating a schedule in Calendar
When you set a Google account, you can select an
account to create schedule to in Step 2.
･ Tap
beside "Add reminder" to add a new
notification.
･ Tap
in "More" and flick up the screen to set
"Repetition", "Attendees", "Time zone", "Show me as:",
"Privacy".
･
Tap
on the calendar screen.
Enter a name, date and time,
location, description for event.
Tap [Done].
Displaying events in Calendar
On the calendar screen, display
date or time when event is
scheduled.
･
On the month display screen, tap a date
in which event is scheduled.
Tap an event to view description.
❖Information
On the calendar screen, tap
and [My calendars]
to synchronize with the docomo account. You can
view the events created in "Schedule" app in the
Calendar.
･ If you log in to Facebook, tap [Sync Calendar] in
"Xperia™ with Facebook" (P.158) to display events in
Facebook in the Calendar.
･
Applications 233
Searching events in Calendar
On the calendar screen, tap
then tap [Search].
Enter a keyword and tap
the software keyboard.
･
Canceling reminder or setting
snooze
on
Search results appear. Tap an event to
view details.
When scheduled time arrives,
the status bar.
Deleting events from Calendar
On the calendar screen, display
date or time when event is
scheduled.
･
On the month display screen, tap a date
in which event is scheduled.
Touch and hold an event you want
to delete.
Tap [Delete event]u[Delete].
❖Information
･
To delete all events, tap
on the Calendar screen,
then tap [Settings]u[Delete all events]u[Delete].
appears on
Drag the status bar downwards.
Tap [Snooze]/[Dismiss].
･
Tap [Snooze] to show pop-up menu
and select snooze interval. After set
time elapses, notification appears again.
❖Information
Snooze means a function with which reminder once
dismissed reactivates after a while.
･
Changing calendar settings
Set Calendar view, way to notify, Default
reminder time, phrases for quick responses,
etc.
On the calendar screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Select an item to change.
Applications 234
Setting alarm
Alarm & clock
With "Alarm & clock" app, you can set an
alarm and use world clock, stopwatch and
timer.
From the Home screen, tap
then [Alarm & clock].
･
■
g h
Set time etc. and tap [Done].
･
Tap [Advanced alarm settings] to view
all setting items.
Flick up and down on numbers to
set time.
Repeat
Set a day of the week for the alarm.
Alarm sound* Set alarm sound.
Snooze
Set time interval to sound the
duration
ringtone again after stopping the
ringtone.
Alarm text
Enter texts that appear while alarm
is sounding.
Style settings Mark the checkbox and tap to set
displayed image and sounded alarm
while sounding alarm.
Vibrate
Set whether to vibrate at the alarm
time.
Alarm volume Drag the slider left or right to adjust
the volume level.
Alarm in silent Set whether to sound alarm even in
mode
silent mode.
Side keys
Set behavior when pressing m
behavior
while alarm is sounding.
Auto silent time Set time interval until alarm
automatically stops.
Time
Alarm screen
On the alarm screen, tap [Add
alarm].
Alarm screen appears.
Clock display
･ Tap to view date and time (P.160) setting screen.
b Add alarm (P.235)
c Alarm list
d Display clock in full screen
e View alarm screen
f View world clock (P.236)
g View stop watch (P.237)
h View timer (P.237)
i Deleting alarms (P.236)
Applications 235
* If "Style settings" is marked, this setting is
disabled. To set "Alarm sound", unmark "Style
settings".
❖Information
To switch on/off alarm, on the alarm screen, tap or
touch and hold an alarm, then tap [Turn alarm on]/
[Turn alarm off ].
･ When an alarm is turned on, the line under
lights
blue.
･
Deleting the alarm
On the alarm screen, tap
mark alarm to delete.
Tap [Delete]u[Yes].
･
and
The number of marked alarms appears
on the right of "Delete".
❖Information
･
Alternatively, on the alarm screen, touch and hold an
alarm you want to delete, then tap [Delete
alarm]u[Yes] to delete the alarm.
Stopping an alarm while the alarm is
sounding
While alarm is sounding, drag
to the right.
❖Information
･
Using World clock
Display the date and time in cities around the
world.
On the alarm screen, tap "World
clock" tab.
･
World clock screen appears.
Tap [Add city].
Select a city.
❖Information
Tap
, then flick the city list left or right to check
date and time corresponding to the cities.
･ Time display in cities during day-light saving time
may differ from time difference to standard time
(GMT) displayed on the screen when adding a city in
Step 2.
･
Changing World clock
You can switch, sort or delete Celsius/
Fahrenheit displayed on World clock.
On the world clock screen, tap
■ Setting home city
Tap [Set home city] and select a city.
■ Switching Celsius/Fahrenheit
Tap [Celsius]/[Fahrenheit].
If you tap [Snooze], the alarm sounds again when the
time set in "Snooze duration" (P.235) has passed.
Applications 236
■ Sorting
Tap [Rearrange] and drag up and down
beside added cities, then tap [Done].
■ Deleting
Tap [Delete] and mark cities you want to
delete, then tap [Delete]u[Yes].
･ The number of the marked cities
appears on the right of "Delete".
･ Alternatively, on the world clock screen,
touch and hold a city you want to
delete, then tap [Delete city]u[Yes] to
delete.
Using Stopwatch
On the alarm screen, tap
"Stopwatch" tab.
Tap [Start].
Timer starts, and appears in the
status bar.
･ Tap [Lap] to measure elapsed time.
･
Tap [Stop].
･
･
Tap [Start] to resume measuring.
Tap [Reset] to delete measured time
and lap time.
Using Timer
On the alarm screen, tap "Timer"
tab.
Tap [Set time].
Flick up and down on numbers to
adjust the time and then tap
[Done].
Tap [Start].
Tap [Stop].
･
Timer starts, and
status bar.
appears in the
Stop sounding alarm after a set time
has elapsed.
･ Tap [Stop] within a set time duration to
pause timer. Tap [Start] to resume timer.
･
❖Information
Tap
to set time from Timer history.
Tap
and select an alarm sound, then tap [Done]
to change the alarm sound.
･ While using a desired application, tap r and
to use the timer of "Small apps" (P.88).
･
･
Applications 237
ドコモバックアップ (docomo
backup)
Move or back up data such as phonebook
entries, sp-mode mails, bookmarks, etc. using
external memory such as microSD card.
･ Do not remove the microSD card during
backup or restoring. Doing so may damage
the terminal data.
･ If the battery is low, backup or restore may not
be done. In that case, charge the terminal and
retry to back up or restore.
･ docomo apps password is required to back
up or restore. For details on docomo apps
password, see "docomo apps password"
(P.148).
❖Information
･
For details on docomo backup, tap
[Help] to view the help.
, then tap
Backing up
If microSD card is not installed, data such as
images and movies are saved to the internal
storage. You can back up only data such as
images and movies stored in the internal
storage. Data stored in microSD card cannot
be backed up.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [ ドコモバックアップ
(docomo backup)].
Tap [microSD カードへ保存 (save to
microSD card)].
･
When you use for the first time, agree to
"License agreement".
Tap [Backup].
Mark the data to back up.
Tap [Start backup]u[OK].
Enter docomo apps password and
tap [OK].
･
･
Tap [Select all] to mark all data.
Data is backed up in a microSD card.
Applications 238
Restoring
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [ ドコモバックアップ
(docomo backup)].
Tap [microSD カードへ保存 (save to
microSD card)].
･
When you use for the first time, agree to
"License agreement".
When you use for the first time, agree to
"License agreement".
Tap [Restore].
Tap [Select] on data type to restore
and mark data to restore, and tap
[Select].
Tap [Phonebook account copy],
tap [Select] on Google account
contacts you want to copy.
Tap [Overwrite]/[Add].
･
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [ ドコモバックアップ
(docomo backup)].
Tap [microSD カードへ保存 (save to
microSD card)].
･
Tap [Select latest data] to select the
latest data for each data type.
Tap [Add]/[Overwrite] to select
restore method and tap [Start
restore]u[OK].
Enter docomo apps password and
tap [OK].
･
Backed up data is restored.
Copying phonebook entries
registered in Google account to
docomo account
･
Phonebook data is copied to docomo
account.
❖Information
If phonebook item names (e.g. Phone number, etc.)
of the other terminal are different from ones of your
terminal, the item names may be changed or
deleted. Also, some text may be deleted in copied
destination, because savable characters in a
phonebook entry vary by terminal.
･ When backing up phonebook entries to microSD
card, data without Name cannot be copied.
･ If microSD card is low on memory, backup may not
be done. In that case, delete unnecessary files to
make available space.
･
You can copy contacts data registered in
Google account and in the terminal to
docomo account.
Applications 239
OfficeSuite
With OfficeSuite, you can view files of Word,
Excel, etc. from the terminal or a microSD
card.
❖Information
Some files may not be viewed properly due to
corrupted layouts.
･
Starting OfficeSuite
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [OfficeSuite].
･
OfficeSuite starts.
❖Information
･
When you activate for the first time, a screen for
register name etc. appears. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
Applications 240
International roaming
Overview of International
roaming (WORLD WING)
With the international roaming (WORLD
WING), you can use the terminal without
changing phone number or mail address in
the service area of the overseas network
operator affiliated with DOCOMO. You do not
need to change the settings of call and SMS.
■
Supporting networks
The terminal is Class 4. The terminal works in
a 3G roaming area and GSM/GPRS service
area. Services are also available in countries
and areas supporting 3G 850MHz/GSM
850MHz. Check available areas. Use 3G
network or GSM/GPRS network overseas
because Xi is not available overseas.
■
Available Services
Main communication
services
Phone
Message (SMS)
Email*
Browser*
3G
3G 850
GSM
(GPRS)
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
* To use data communication during roaming, mark
"Data roaming" checkbox in Mobile network settings
(P.244).
❖Information
･
Some services are not available depending on the
overseas network operator or network.
Before using the terminal overseas,
refer to the followings.
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]"
･ DOCOMO International Services website
･
❖Information
･
For Country codes, International call access codes,
Universal number international prefix, supported
countries/areas and network operators, refer to
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]"
or DOCOMO International Services Website.
International roaming 241
Before using
Before leaving Japan
To use the terminal overseas, check the
following in Japan.
■
Subscription
･
■
Charging
･
■
Check if you subscribe WORLD WING. For
details, contact "General Inquiries" on the
last page.
For AC adapter for charging overseas
travel, use optional "AC Adapter 03" or "AC
Adapter 04".
Usage charge
Overseas usage charges (call and packet
communication) differ from those in
Japan.
･ Some applications automatically perform
packet communications. Your packet
communication charges may be higher.
For operation details of each application,
please contact the application provider.
･
Advance preparation
Network service settings
If you subscribe to network services, you can
use network services such as Voice Mail
Service, Call Forwarding Service, Caller ID
Display Request Service, etc., even overseas.
However, some network services cannot be
used.
･ To use network services overseas, you need to
set "Remote access" to activate (P.98). You can
set Remote access in the country you stay
(P.249).
･ Even if the setting/canceling operation is
available, some network services cannot be
used depending on overseas network
operators.
International roaming 242
After arriving overseas
When you arrive overseas and turn on the
terminal, an available network is
automatically set.
Connectivity
When you have set search mode of "Search
mode" to "Automatic" in "Service providers"
settings, optimized network is automatically
selected (P.244).
When you use a network operator of a
country/region covered by the flat-rate
service, you can use the service with flat-rate
packet communication charges overseas up
to the specified upper limit per day. To use
this service, subscription of packet flat-rate
service in Japan is required. For details, refer
to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]" or DOCOMO International Services
Website.
Display
During international roaming,
appears on
the status bar.
･ You can confirm the name of the connected
network operator on the Notification panel.
❖Note
･
Date & time settings
When "Automatic date & time", "Automatic
time zone" in "Date & time" are marked, the
date, time and time differences of the
terminal clock are corrected by receiving the
information related to time and time
differences from the network of overseas
network operator you connect to.
･ Correction of the time/time differences may
not be performed correctly depending on the
network of overseas network operator. In that
case, set time zone manually.
･ Timing of correction varies by the overseas
network operator.
･ Date & time (P.160)
About inquiries
For loss or theft of the terminal or docomo
mini UIM card, immediately contact
DOCOMO from the spot to take the necessary
steps for suspending the use. For inquiries,
refer to the last page. Note that you are still
liable for the call and communication charge
incurred after the loss or theft occurred.
･ For using from land-line phone, entering
"International call access code" or "Universal
number international prefix" for the country is
needed.
･
While
appears on the status bar, packet
communication is available. Note that packet
communication fee may become high.
International roaming 243
After returning to Japan
Setting a network operator
When you return to Japan, the terminal is
connected to DOCOMO network
automatically. If connection is failed, perform
the following operations.
･ Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/
WCDMA/GSM" (P.244).
･ Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in "Service
providers" settings (P.244).
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Service providers].
Settings for overseas use
By default, the terminal automatically
searches available network and connect to it.
To switch network manually, set as follows.
Setting network mode
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [More...]u[Mobile
networks]u[Network Mode].
Select a network mode you use.
･
You can select from "LTE/WCDMA"
"GSM only" and "LTE (preferred)/
WCDMA/GSM". If you select "LTE
(preferred)/WCDMA/GSM" to switch
available network automatically.
･
If a note appears, tap [OK].
Tap [Search mode]u[Manual].
From "AVAILABLE NETWORKS",
mark a network to use.
･
To display available networks, tap
[Search networks].
❖Information
If you cannot search networks, disable mobile data
communication (P.133) and then search again.
･ If you set a network manually, the terminal is not
reconnected to another network automatically even
if you move out of the network area.
･ To return to "Automatic", tap [Automatic] in
Step 3.
･
Setting data roaming
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [More...]u[Mobile networks].
Tap [Data roaming].
Read the note and tap [Yes].
･
"Data roaming" checkbox is marked.
International roaming 244
Making/Receiving calls in
the country you stay
When you arrive overseas and turn on the
terminal, an available network is
automatically set.
･ Check that the battery and signal levels are
high enough.
･ Depending on the network operator, even if
the Caller ID notification is active, the caller ID
may not be notified or appear properly.
In this case, calls cannot be made from the call
log.
You can make a call from overseas using the
international roaming service.
･ You can easily make international calls from
the country you stay to Japan or to other
countries by entering prefix "+" and then the
country code and phone number.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap "Dial" tab.
Dial + (touch and hold
[0])uCountry codeuArea code
(City code)uEnter a phone
number.
If the area code begins with "0", omit "0".
However, "0" may be required to dial to
some country or area such as Italy.
･ To call an overseas "WORLD WING" user,
enter "81" (Japan) for the country code.
･
Tap .
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖Information
･
Making a call to outside
country you stay (including
Japan)
During international roaming, if you make an
international call to Japan using "Phone" application,
the "International dialing assist" screen appears. You
can make a call without entering country code from
that screen.
For details on International dialing assist, see "Setting
international dial assistance" (P.248).
International roaming 245
Making a call within the
country you stay
Receiving a call in the country
you stay
You can make a call by entering the phone
number of the other party's land-line phone
or mobile phone in the same way you do in
Japan.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap "Dial" tab.
Enter a phone number.
･
You can receive a call using the international
roaming service.
While receiving a call, touch and
hold
(left) and drag it to
(right).
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
To make a call to land-line phone, enter
the area code (city code) + other party's
phone number.
Tap .
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖Information
･
When you received a call during the international
roaming, regardless of which country the call is from,
it is forwarded internationally from Japan. A caller is
charged for a call fee to Japan, and the receiver is
charged for a reception fee.
Making a call to WORLD WING
user overseas
When the other party uses international
roaming service, make a call as an
international call to Japan even when you
stay in the same country as the other party.
International roaming 246
■
Having the other party call you
Having someone make a call from Japan
to the country you stay
To have the other party make a call from a
land-line phone or mobile phone in Japan
to the terminal in the country you stay,
the other party only needs to dial the
phone number as in Japan.
･ Having someone make a call from other
than Japan to the country you stay
You have to receive a call through Japan
no matter where you are; therefore, the
other party needs to enter the
international call access code and "81"
(Country code of Japan).
International access code - 81 - 90 (or 80)
- XXXX - XXXX
International roaming
settings
･
Make settings for using international
roaming or international calls.
Settings for making/receiving
calls overseas
Set restricting incoming calls overseas or
using roaming guidance.
･ For some overseas network operators,
settings may not be made.
Restricting incoming calls for
roaming
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming
settings].
Tap [Restricting incoming calls].
･
Select items you want to use.
Tap "Restricting all incomings" or
"Restricting incoming of video call/
64K data", enter the network security
code, and tap [OK].
Deactivate
Enter the network security code and
restricting
tap [OK].
Check settings Check the current service settings.
Activate
restricting
International roaming 247
Setting incoming notification on
roaming
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming
settings].
Tap [Incoming notification on
roaming].
･
Check settings
Select items you want to use.
Activate incoming
call notification
Deactiv. incoming
call notification
Check settings
Tap [OK] to activate roaming
incoming call notification.
Tap [OK] to deactivate roaming
incoming call notification.
Check the current service
settings.
Setting roaming guidance
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming
settings].
Tap [Roaming guidance].
･
Check the current service
settings.
Setting international dial assistance
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming
settings].
Tap [International dial assist].
･
Select items you want to use.
Auto conversion
Country code
International
prefix
International prefix or country
code is automatically added.
Tap [OK] to select a country code
which will be used for auto
conversion.
Tap [OK] to select an
international prefix which will be
used for auto conversion.
Select items you want to use.
Activate roaming
guidance
Deactivate
roaming guidance
Tap [OK] to activate roaming
guidance.
Tap [OK] to deactivate roaming
guidance.
International roaming 248
Settings Network service (overseas)
Set network service such as voice mail from
overseas.
･ If you make the settings overseas, you are
charged a call fee to Japan from the country
you stay.
･ For some overseas network operators,
settings may not be made.
From the Home screen, tap
then tap .
Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming
settings].
Tap [Network service].
･
Roaming guidance
(charged)
Remote operation
(charged)
Call
Activate
forwarding service
(charged) Deactivate
service
Check
settings
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
* Follow the voice prompts to operate.
Select items you want to use. You need
to set "Remote operation" to activate
(P.98).
Voicemail Activate
(charged) service
Deactivate
service
Play
messages
Settings
Ring time
setting
Incoming call notific.
(charged)
Caller ID request
(charged)
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK]. After this step,
follow the voice prompts
to play the message.
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
Tap [OK].*
International roaming 249
Appendix/Index
Optional and related
devices
A variety of commercially available optional
devices allows you to expand the terminal's
capabilities by supporting a wide range of
purpose, including personal and business
uses.
Some accessories are only available in some
areas.
For details, please contact a sales outlet such
as docomo Shop.
For details on optional devices, see the user's
manual of each device.
･ 1Seg antenna cable SO01
･ Carry Case 02
･ Pocket charger 01/02
･ AC Adapter cable SO03
･ AC Adapter 03/04
･ DC Adapter 03
･ Desktop Holder SO15
･ AC Adapter Converter Plug TypeC 01
･ Micro USB Cable 01
･ Wireless Earphone Set 03
･ DriveNetCradle 01
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
First, check if the software update is necessary
for the terminal. If necessary, perform the
software update (P.261).
･ When checking the following items not to
improve the state, contact the phone number
given in "Repairs" the last page of this manual
(in Japanese only) or DOCOMO-specified
repair office.
･
■
Power supply
Cannot power on the terminal.
･ Check if the battery is not run out. → P.35
The screen freezes and the terminal
cannot be turned off.
･ Press and hold P and upper part of
m for 5 seconds and release your
finger after the terminal vibrates once.
The terminal restarts. Alternatively, press
and hold P and upper part of mfor
10 seconds and release your finger after
the terminal vibrates 3 times. The terminal
turns off automatically. → P.41
Appendix/Index 250
■
Charging
Cannot charge the terminal.
(The notification LED does not turn on, or
the icon that means charging does not
appear.)
･ Check if the adapter's power plug or
cigarette lighter plug is correctly inserted
to an outlet or cigarette lighter socket.→
P.38
･ Check if the adapter cable and the
terminal are set correctly. → P.38
･ When using the AC adapter 04 (optional),
check if the microUSB plug of the AC
adapter is connected to the terminal or
supplied desktop holder correctly. → P.37,
P.38
･ In case of using the desktop holder, are
the terminal's contacts for the desktop
holder dirty? Clean the contacts with a dry
cotton swab etc. if they are dirty.
･ When using Micro USB Cable 01
(optional), check if the PC is turned on.
･ If you execute calls, communications or
other function operations for a long time
while charging, the terminal may become
hot and the notification LED turns off
(charging stops) or charging may not be
completed. In this case, wait until the
temperature of the terminal drops and
charge again.
The notification LED blinks in red and
cannot operate the terminal.
･ When the battery level is low, charge the
battery. → P.35
■
Terminal operation
Become hot while operating/charging.
･ While calling, depending on the radio
wave condition or call duration time, the
terminal may become hot. This condition
is not abnormal.
･ While operating or charging, or if you
watch 1Seg, record video etc. for a long
time while charging the battery, the
terminal, internal battery and adapter may
become hot. There is no problem about
operation and continue to use it.
The operation time provided by the
battery is short.
･ Is the terminal left for a long time under
the state of out of service area?
Out of service area, a lot of power is
consumed to search available radio
waves.
･ The operating time of the internal battery
varies depending on the operating
environment and the degradation level of
the internal battery. → P.36
Appendix/Index 251
The internal battery is a consumable
accessory. Each time it is charged, time
available with each charging reduces.
If the operation time is too short with fully
charged state, contact the phone number
given in "Repairs" the last page of this
manual (in Japanese only) or DOCOMOspecified repair office.
Operations are not possible when tapping
or pressing keys.
･ Check if the power is turned off?→ P.40
･ Check if you activate the screen lock. →
P.152
The screen reacts slowly when you tap or
press keys.
･ When large amount of data is saved in the
terminal or transferring large-size data
between the terminal and microSD card,
the reactions on the screen may be
delayed.
The docomo mini UIM card is not
recognized.
･ Check if the docomo mini UIM card is
attached in the right direction. → P.31
The clock is not on time.
･ The clock time may become wrong while
turning on the power for a long time.
Check if "Automatic date & time" and
"Automatic time zone" are set to on and
turn the power off and on in a place with
strong radio wave conditions. → P.160
･
The terminal operation is unstable.
･ Instability may be caused by applications
that you installed after purchasing the
terminal. If the symptom is improved
when you boot the terminal in safe mode
(near default state), uninstalling the
installed application may improve the
symptom.
To boot the terminal in safe mode, press
and hold P for over a second with the
terminal OFF until XPERIA logo appears,
and then touch and hold m at the
bottom. When safe mode is booted, "Safe
mode" is displayed at the lower left of the
screen.
To exit the safe mode, turn power OFF
and then ON.
* Back up the necessary data before using
safe mode.
* Some widgets that you created may be
removed.
* Safe mode is not a normal booting state.
To use ordinarily, exit the safe mode.
･ Developer options are designed for
developers. If you set them, the terminal
or applications may not correctly.
Appendix/Index 252
Applications cannot be operated properly
(applications cannot be activated, or
errors occur frequently).
･ Are there any applications being
disabled? Enable disabled applications,
then retry. → P.146
■
Calls are not connected.
(Even when moving " 圏外 (out of service
area)" does not disappear, or although
radio waves are enough, making/
receiving calls is unavailable.)
･ Turn the power OFF and ON, or remove
and attach docomo mini UIM card. → P.31,
P.40
･ Due to the nature of radio waves, making/
receiving calls may be unavailable even
when "not out of service area" or "
appears on the display for the radio wave
condition". Move to the other place and
call again.
･ Due to the crossing of radio waves, at the
crowded public places, calls/mails are
crossed and the connection status may
not be good. Move to other place or call
again at other time.
Phone call
Cannot make a call even if you press the
dial button.
･ Check if you activate the SIM card lock. →
P.151
･ Check if you activate Airplane mode. →
P.134
The ringtone does not sound.
･ Is the call alert volume of volume setting
set to silent? → P.140
･ Check if the silent mode is active. → P.49
･ Is the ring time for Voice Mail service or
Call Forwarding Service "0 Sec."?→ P.98
･ Check if you set call rejection. → P.97
■
Display
The display is dim.
･ Check if the backlight time-out is set. →
P.142
･ Check if the brightness of screen is
changed. → P.142
･ Check if you set Power Saver. → P.144
･ Check if you cover the Proximity sensor
with sticker etc. → P.29
･ When the temperature of the terminal
becomes high while using, the display
may become darker. It is not abnormal.
Appendix/Index 253
■
Sound
■
During a voice call, the distant party's
voice is hard to listen to or too loud.
･ Check if the listening volume of the sound
volume setting is changed. → P.95
■
■
■
Camera
Still images and video taken with the
camera are blurred.
･ Check if clouds or dirt attach to the lens of
camera.
･ To shoot a portrait image, use the face
detection function. → P.214
･ Shoot using shake reducing function. →
P.206, P.212
･ To shoot a close object, use "Superior
auto" for the capturing mode. → P.199
Osaifu-Keitai
Osaifu-Keitai function is unavailable.
･ When activating Omakase Lock, OsaifuKeitai functions are unavailable regardless
of the NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock settings.
･ Check if NFC/Osaifu-Keitai is locked. →
P.185
･ Check if you place
mark of the terminal
over an IC card reader? → P.184
Mail
Mail is not received automatically.
･ Check if you set "Inbox check frequency"
in Account settings to "Manual". → P.117
■
Watching 1Seg is unavailable.
･ Are you out of terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service area or in a place
where airwave is weak?
･ Is channel set? → P.189
Display data
Images or ringtones set in each feature do
not work and the terminal operates in the
default data.
･ Is the inserted docomo mini UIM card the
same one that is set when the images or
ringtones are obtained?
1Seg
■
International roaming
Cannot use the terminal overseas.
■ When antenna mark is displayed
･ Do you subscribe WORLD WING?
Check if you subscribe WORLD WING.
Appendix/Index 254
Cannot receive calls overseas.
･ Is "Restricting incoming calls" set to
"Activate restricting"?→ P.247
No caller ID is notified/A notified caller ID
is different from that of the caller/
Functions for using contents saved in
phonebook or those using Caller ID
notification do not operate.
･ Even if a caller notifies its caller ID, it is not
displayed on the terminal unless the
network or network operator notifies it.
And a different caller ID may be notified
depending on the network or network
operator you use.
■ Out of service area indicator appears
･ Check if you are out of the international
roaming service area or in an area with
poor signal strength. Check if the service
area and network operator are available,
referring to "Mobile Phone User's Guide
[International Services]" or DOCOMO
International Services website.
･ Change the network settings or overseas
network operator settings.
Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in
"Service providers".
Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/
WCDMA/GSM". → P.243, P.244
･ Turning off the terminal and then turning
on again may work for the restoration. →
P.40
Cannot perform data communication
overseas.
･ Mark "Data roaming". → P.244
The terminal suddenly became
unavailable while using overseas.
･ Check if usage amount exceeds the limit
of maximum charges for use.
For use of "International roaming (WORLD
WING)", the limit of maximum charges for
use is set in advance. If exceeding the limit
of maximum charges for use, pay the
charges.
■
Data management
Data transfer is not performed.
･ Check if USB hub is used. If you use USB
hub, operations may not be performed
correctly.
Data saved in microSD card is not
displayed.
･ Remove the microSD card and insert it
again. → P.33
When trying to display an image, "×"
appears instead of it.
Or "×" appears for the demo play or the
preview function.
･ "×" may appear instead of destroyed
image data.
Appendix/Index 255
■
Bluetooth function
The terminal cannot be connected to a
Bluetooth communication device/A
Bluetooth communication device cannot
be found from the terminal.
･ Make Bluetooth communication device
(commercial item) registering stand-by
state and then register the device on the
terminal. If you delete already registered
device and register the device again as a
new device, delete the registrations on
both Bluetooth communication device
(commercial item) and the terminal and
then perform registration of the devices.
→ P.168
Calls cannot be made from the terminal
connecting to external device such as car
navigation or handsfree device.
･ If calls are made several times when the
other party does not answer or is out of
service, the call to this number may be
disabled. In this case, turn terminal off and
on.
■
Map/GPS
Cannot set AUTO-GPS service
information.
･ Check if the battery level is low and AUTOGPS function is stopped.
If AUTO-GPS is stopped by "Lower-power
operation settings", AUTO-GPS service
information cannot be set. In this case, set
"Lower-power operation settings" to "Not
suspend" or charge the battery. → P.35,
P.148
･ Check if "AUTO-GPS operation settings" is
marked. → P.148
Error messages
● No service
･ The terminal is out of service area, or the
received signal is too weak. Move to a
location where radio signal can be
reached.
･ The docomo mini UIM card is not working
properly.
Insert the docomo mini UIM card in
another terminal. If this works, it is
probably the terminal that is causing the
problem. In this case, contact "Repairs" on
the last page of this manual (in Japanese
only).
Removing and inserting docomo mini
UIM card may improve the problem.
Appendix/Index 256
● Normal calls are restricted by access
control.
Appears when normal voice call service is
hard to receive because communication
lines are busy.
● Emergency calls are restricted by access
control.
Appears when emergency voice call service
is hard to receive because communication
lines are busy.
● Calls are restricted by access control
Appears when normal/emergency voice
call service is hard to receive because
communication lines are busy.
● SIM card is locked
Enter your PIN code (P.151) correctly.
● SIM card is PUK-locked
Enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key)
(P.151) correctly.
● PIN lock disable code is locked.
PIN lock disable code is locked. Please
contact a docomo Shop.
● The phone storage is full
There is no memory space. Delete log
information etc. in Browser (P.127) or
unnecessary applications (P.146) to obtain
memory space.
Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support
By sharing screens of your terminal with NTT
DOCOMO, you can receive technical support
to make settings (in Japanese only).
･ This service is not available when your
docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, during
international roaming, or in Airplane mode.
･ Smartphone Anshin Remote Support is a
service requiring subscription.
･ Some operations and settings are not
supported.
･ For details on Smartphone Anshin Remote
Support, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
Call スマートフォン遠隔サポートセン
ター (Remote support center for
smartphone).
■ スマートフォン遠隔サポートセンター
(Remote support center for
smartphone)
0120-783-360
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.,
open all year round
Appendix/Index 257
2
From the Home screen, tap ,
then tap [ 遠隔サポート (Remote
support)].
･
When you use for the first time, agree to
" ソフトウェア使用許諾書 (License
Agreement)".
Enter connection number notified
by DOCOMO.
Remote support starts when you
are connected.
Warranty and After Sales
Services
Warranty
･
Make sure that the warranty is received with
the terminal upon purchase. Check to be sure
that " 販売店名・お買い上げ日 (the name of the
retailer, date of purchase)", and other items
have been filled out on the warranty before
storing it in a safe place. If any necessary
information is not provided, immediately
contact the retailer and request to complete
the warranty. The terminal comes with a year's
free warranty starting from the date of
purchase.
Specifications of this product and its
accessories are subject to change for
improvement without prior notice.
･ Data saved in the Contacts etc. may be
changed/lost due to the trouble/repairs or
handling of the terminal. DOCOMO
recommends making a copy of the
Phonebook data etc., in case.
* You can save Phonebook data in a microSD
card inserted to the terminal.
* Data such as phonebook entries can be
backed up to Data center using Data Security
Service (subscription is required).
･
After Sales Services
If you have problems with the
terminal
Before asking repair, see "Troubleshooting"
(P.250) in this manual to check the problem. If
the problem still persists, contact "Repairs"
on the last page (in Japanese only).
Appendix/Index 258
If repair is required resultingly
■
Bring the terminal to the DOCOMO-specified
repair office. However, it must be taken
during business hours of the repair office.
Make sure to bring a warranty card with the
product when you visit the shop. Note that
repair may take some days depending on the
problem.
■
･
Within the warranty period
We repair the terminal free of charge
based on the terms documented in the
warranty.
･ When requesting a repair, make sure to
bring the warranty card with the terminal.
Repair requests that are not accompanied
by the warranty or that involve
malfunction and damage due to incorrect
handling by the owner (damage of liquid
crystal, connector, etc.) will only be
repaired at the owner's expense, even if
the warranty period is still effective.
･ Malfunction due to use of devices and
consumable parts other than those
specified by DOCOMO will only be
repaired at the owner's expense, even if
the warranty period is still effective.
Note that repair may be refused in the
following cases:
･
■
When the terminal has corrosion due to
wet by liquid, condensation, perspiration,
etc. or the internal circuit board is
damaged or deformed (we may not be
able to repair when the microUSB jack,
headset jack, liquid crystal, etc. is
damaged or the frame itself is cracked)
based on the result of our examination.
- Even if repair is possible, it will be done
at the owner's expense, as this type of
corrosion or damage is not covered by
the warranty.
If the warranty period expires
We will repair the terminal at the owner's
expense.
Appendix/Index 259
■
Parts stock period
The functional parts necessary to repair the
terminal will be basically available for a
minimum of six years after the manufacture
is discontinued.
However, depending on the defective
portion, repair may not be possible because
of a shortage of repair parts. Note that repair
may still be possible depending on the
defective portion even if the stock period
has expired. Contact "Repairs" on the last
page (in Japanese only).
Precautions
● Never modify the terminal or accessories.
･ Doing so may result in fire, injuries or
･
malfunctions.
The modified terminal may be repaired
only if the owner agrees on that all the
modified parts are restored to the original
conditions.
However, repairs may be refused
depending on the modifications.
The following cases may be considered as
modifications.
- Put a seal etc. on the liquid crystal or key
part.
- Glued decorations on the terminal using
adhesion bond, etc.
- Change the parts such as exterior to
other than DOCOMO standard parts.
Malfunction and damage due to
modifications will be repaired at the
owner's expense, even if the warranty
period is still effective.
● Note that the settings and other
information may be reset (cleared) as a
result of malfunction, repair or other
handling. In this case, make the settings
again.
● After the repair, Wi-Fi MAC address or
Bluetooth address may be changed
regardless of the repaired parts.
● A material that generates a magnetic field
is used in the following parts of the
terminal.
Do not hold an object that is easily
affected by magnetism, such as a cash
card, close to the terminal. You may not
be able to use the card any more.
Where it is used: Speaker, earpiece
● The terminal is water-resistant. If inside of
the terminal gets wet or moist, however,
turn the power off and bring the terminal
to a repair office as soon as possible.
However, repair may not be possible
depending on the condition of the
terminal.
･
Appendix/Index 260
Precautions on memory dial
(Phonebook function) and
downloaded data
Note that data you created or data you
retrieved or downloaded from sources other
than your terminal may be changed or lost
when you change the model or have repairs
done to the terminal. DOCOMO shall have no
liability for any change or loss of any kind.
Under some circumstances, DOCOMO may
replace your terminal with its equivalent
instead of repairing it.
Updating software
You can update the terminal to the most
recent software for optimal performance and
to get the latest enhancements.
❖Note
When the terminal is connected to the Internet using
the mobile network connection, data
communication fee is applied.
･ Make sure you back up and save all data contained in
the terminal before you start updating the terminal.
･ For the first time activating the terminal after
software update, the operation may be slower from
several minutes to several ten minutes due to data
update. The required time varies by the data in the
terminal. Do not turn the power off until usual
operation speed comebacks.
･
❖Information
･
For details on the software update, see the following
website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (In Japanese
only)
Setting notification of Software
update
You can set to be notified of updating
software.
From the Home screen, tap
tap [Settings]u[About
phone]u[Software update].
Tap
and [Settings].
Mark "Notifications".
･
and
To change the notification tone, tap
[Notification tone], then tap notification
tone you want to change, and then tap
[Done].
❖Information
･
If you mark "Notification vibration" in Step 3, software
update is notified by vibration.
Appendix/Index 261
Downloading software updates
wirelessly
Downloading software to update
Software can be downloaded wirelessly
directly from your terminal via the Internet by
using mobile network connection or by using
a Wi-Fi network connection.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[About
phone]u[Software update].
Tap "System" tab and then .
･
The terminal searches for software
updates.
❖Information
From the Home screen, tap
and , then tap
[Settings]u[About phone]u[Software
update]u"System" tab and then tap .
･ "New apps"/"Updates" tabs in the Update Center
screen are not available because the services are not
provided in Japan.
･
❖Note
For software update via mobile network, a high
packet communication charge will be applied
because of a large amount data communication. For
this reason, subscription of packet flat-rate service is
highly recommended.
･ While you are using roaming service overseas, you
cannot download through the mobile network.
･
Downloading the latest software
update automatically
Search the latest software update
automatically on regular basis. If software
update is searched, software is downloaded
automatically and appears on the status
bar.
From the Home screen, tap
and
tap [Settings]u[About
phone]u[Software update].
Tap
and [Settings].
Tap [Allow automatic downloads],
read the notes and tap [Agree].
･
"Allow automatic downloads" is
marked.
❖Note
Note that if you tap
from the Home screen, then
tap [Settings]u[About phone]u[Software update]
and tap
then [Settings]u[Preferred data
traffic]u[Via mobile network/Wi-Fi], a Wi-Fi
connection automatically switches to mobile
network communications when the Wi-Fi
connection is unstable and packet communication
fee may apply.
･ Note that packet communication fee may apply for
searching automatically.
･
Appendix/Index 262
Connecting to a PC and
updating
Follow the onscreen instructions
on the PC to install.
･
You can update software by using PC
Companion that can be installed into a PC
from the terminal.
❖Information
･
To install PC Companion on a PC, an Internet
connection is required.
When PC Companion is not installed
on your PC
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
When "PC Companion software"
screen appears on the terminal,
tap [Install].
･
Installer of PC Companion starts on the
PC.
PC Companion starts on the PC after
the installation is complete. If further
software update is searched, it is
automatically notified. Follow the
onscreen instructions on the PC.
When PC Companion is installed on
your PC
Check if PC Companion is activated
on the PC. If not, activate PC
Companion from the Start menu.
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
Follow the onscreen instructions
on the PC.
･
If available software update is found, it
is automatically notified.
Appendix/Index 263
When software update is failed
If software update is failed and the terminal
does not boot, restore the terminal by
performing restoration using PC Companion.
･ For restoration details, see FAQ in the
following website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (In
Japanese only)
Main specification
■
The terminal
Product name
Size
Weight
Storage
External storage
Continuous FOMA/3G
stand-by
time
GSM
LTE
Continuous FOMA/3G
call time
GSM
SO-04E
Approx. 139mm (H)×
approx. 71mm (W)×
approx. 7.9mm (T)
(thickest part approx.
7.9mm)
Approx. 146g.
ROM 16GB
RAM 2GB
microSD card of up to
2GB
microSDHC card of up
to 32GB
microSDXC card of up
to 64GB (as of January,
2013)
Approx. 480 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 380 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 420 hours
(stationary)
Approx. 640 min.
Approx. 580 min.
Appendix/Index 264
AC Adapter 04 Approx. 160 min. (for
Desktop Holder SO15
combination use :
approx. 150 min.)
AC Adapter 03 Approx. 210 min. (for
Desktop Holder SO15
combination use :
approx. 210 min.)
DC Adapter 03 Approx. 230 min.
1Seg watching time
Approx. 350 min.
Display
Type
TFT16,777,216 colors
Size
Approx. 5.0 inch.
Number of dots Horizon 1080 dots×
Vertical 1920 dots
Image
Type
Camera : Backsidepickup
illuminated CMOS
device
Front camera :
Backside-illuminated
CMOS
Size
Camera : 1/3.0 inch.
Front camera :
1/6.9 inch.
Camera pixels
Camera :
Effective pixels :
Approx. 13,100,000
pixels (Recorded pixels
: Approx. 12,800,000
pixels)
Front camera :
Effective pixels :
Approx. 2,200,000
pixels (Recorded pixels
: Approx. 2,100,000
pixels)
Charging
time
Digital zoom
Still image capture size
Video recording size
Frame rate
Camera :
Max. approx. 16x (41
levels)
Front camera : ―
Camera :
4128×3096 (13MP
4:3)*1
3920×2940 (12MP
4:3)*2
3920×2204 (9MP 16:9)
2592×1944 (5MP 4:3)
1920×1080 (2MP 16:9)
640×480 (VGA)
Front camera :
1920×1080 (2MP
16:9)*3
1824×1026 (1.8MP
16:9)*4
1520×1140 (1.7MP
4:3)
640×480 (VGA)
Video camera :
1920×1080 (Full HD)
1280×720 (HD 720p)
640×480 (VGA)
Front video camera :
1920×1080 (Full HD)
1280×720 (HD 720p)
640×480 (VGA)
Max. 30 fps
Appendix/Index 265
Wireless LAN
Bluetooth Supported
Bluetooth
version
Radio power
Compliant with
IEEE802.11a*5/b/g/n*5
(Corresponding
frequency band to
IEEE802.11n : 2.4GHz/
5GHz)
Compliant with
Bluetooth standard
Ver. 4.0*6
Bluetooth standard
Power Class 1
Within approx. 10 m
Available
communication
distance*7
HFP, HSP, OPP, SPP, HID,
Supported
A2DP, AVRCP, PBAP,
Bluetooth
PAN, HDP, PXP, MAP,
profile*8
DID
*1 The figures are image capture sizes when the
capturing mode is set to other than "Superior auto",
other than "Backlight correction HDR" for "Scene
selection", or "Off" for "HDR" in "Normal".
*2 The figures are image capture sizes when the
capturing mode is set to "Superior auto", "Backlight
correction HDR" for "Scene selection", or "On" for
"HDR" in "Normal".
*3 The figures are image capture sizes when "HDR" is
set to "Off".
*4 The figures are image capture sizes when "HDR" is
set to "On".
*5 Not available when docomo mini UIM card is not
inserted.
*6 It is confirmed that the terminal and all Bluetooth
devices are compliant with Bluetooth standards
designated by Bluetooth SIG, and they are
authenticated. However, procedures may differ or
data transfer may not be possible depending on the
device's characteristics or specifications.
*7 May vary by the signal status and/or whether there
is an interference between communications
devices.
*8 Bluetooth standards for Bluetooth device
connection procedure according to the product's
applications.
･ Continuous call time is an estimate of the
operation time for calling when radio signal
reception is normal.
･ Continuous stand-by time is an estimate of
the stand-by time when radio signal
reception is normal. Stationary continuous
stand-by time is the estimated average
operation time when radio signal reception is
normal.
In certain circumstances, the stand-by time
may drop to as low as half the time shown
due to the battery charge, function settings,
temperature, or radio signal reception in the
area (no reception or weak).
･ A use of the Internet reduces the actual call
(communication)/stand-by time.
Composing messages or activating the
camera or applications also reduces call
(communication)/stand-by time even if you
do not call or use the Internet.
･ Charging time is an estimate of the time
required to charge a completely empty
internal battery.
Appendix/Index 266
■
Internal battery
Battery type Lithium Ion Battery
Voltage
DC3.7V
Current
2330mAh
■
File format
The terminal supports the display or
playback of the following file format:
Type
Sound
Still
image*
Video
File format
WAV (PCM, G.711) (.wav), AAC (.3gp, .m4a,
.mp4), AAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), eAAC+
(.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), MP3 (.mp3), AMR-NB
(.3gp), AMR-WB (.3gp), MIDI (SP-MIDI/GM/
GML (.mid), XMF (.xmf ), Mobile XMF 1.0
(.mxmf ), RTTTL/RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota),
iMelody (.imy)), Ogg Vorbis (.ogg), FLAC
(.flac), PIFF (.isma)
JPEG (.jpeg, .jpg), GIF (.gif ), PNG (.png), BMP
(.bmp), WEBP (.webp)
H263 (.3gp, .mp4), H264 AVC (.3gp, .mp4),
MPEG-4 SP (.3gp), VP8 (.webm, .mkv), Xvid
(.avi), Quicktime (.mov), PIFF (.ismv)
■
Numbers of still images (Estimation)
Savable number of shot
images to the internal
storage
Savable number of shot
images to a microSD card
(1GB)
Up to approx. 469,200
images
Up to approx. 41,940
images
* Shot images with a resolution of 640×480 (VGA).
■
Time length of shooting video
(Estimation)
Per video : Up to approx.
254 min.
In total : Up to approx. 745
min.
Savable time of
Per video : Up to approx. 63
recording to a microSD min.
card (1GB)
In total : Up to approx. 63
min.
Savable time of
recording to the
internal storage
* Time of recording with a resolution of 640×480
(VGA).
* Still images are saved in JPEG format when shot with
Camera in the terminal.
Appendix/Index 267
Certificate and compliance
You can check details of certificate and
compliance mark specific to the terminal
(including certificate number/compliance
number).
From the Home screen, tap
then tap [Settings].
Tap [About phone]u[Legal
information]u[Certificates].
End User Licence
Agreement
End User Licence Agreement
Software delivered with this device and its
media is owned by Sony Mobile
Communications AB, and/or its affiliated
companies and its suppliers and licensors.
Sony Mobile grants you a non-exclusive
limited licence to use the Software solely in
conjunction with the Device on which it is
installed or delivered. Ownership of the
Software is not sold, transferred or otherwise
conveyed.
Do not use any means to discover the source
code or any component of the Software,
reproduce and distribute the Software, or
modify the Software. You are entitled to
transfer rights and obligations to the
Software to a third party, solely together with
the Device with which you received the
Software, provided the third party agrees in
writing to be bound by the terms of this
Licence.
This licence exists throughout the useful life
of this Device. It can be terminated by
transferring your rights to the Device to a
third party in writing.
Appendix/Index 268
Failure to comply with any of these terms and
conditions will terminate the licence
immediately.
Sony Mobile and its third party suppliers and
licensors retain all rights, title and interest in
and to the Software. To the extent that the
Software contains material or code of a third
party, such third parties shall be beneficiaries
of these terms.
This licence is governed by the laws of
Sweden. When applicable, the foregoing
applies to statutory consumer rights.
In the event Software accompanying or
provided in conjunction with your device is
provided with additional terms and
conditions, such provisions shall also govern
your possession and usage of the Software.
About Open Source
Software
About Open Source Software
This product includes certain open source or
other software originating from third parties
that is subject to the GNU General Public
License (GPL), GNU Library/Lesser General
Public License (LGPL) and different and/or
additional copyright licenses, disclaimers and
notices. The exact terms of GPL, LGPL and
some other licenses, disclaimers and notices
are reproduced in the about box in this
product and are also available at http://
opensource.sonymobile.com.
Sony Mobile offers to provide source code of
software licensed under the GPL or LGPL or
some other open source licenses allowing
source code distribution to you on a CD-ROM
for a charge covering the cost of performing
such distribution, such as the cost of media,
shipping and handling, upon written request
to Sony Mobile Communications AB, Open
Source Software Management, Nya
Vattentornet, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden. This
offer is valid for a period of three (3) years
from the date of the distribution of this
product by Sony Mobile.
Appendix/Index 269
Export Controls and
Regulations
This product and its accessories may be
covered and controlled by Japan's export
control regulations ("Foreign Exchange and
Foreign Trade Law" and related laws and
regulations). If you wish to export this
product and/or its accessories, you must
complete the necessary procedures at your
own responsibility and cost. For details about
the procedure, contact the Ministry of
Economy, Trade and Industry.
Note that some performances, shows, and
exhibitions may not allow photography,
movie shooting, or sound recording even for
personal use.
You should also refrain from taking a picture
of other people and disclosing it by such
means as posting it on a site on the Internet
without their consent because of possible
infringement of their right of portrait.
Intellectual Property Right
About the Copyright and Portrait
rights
Copyrighted contents you recorded or
obtained from sites or Internet home pages
using this product by downloading or other
means, such as documents, images, music
data, software, are prohibited from
reproduction, transformation and
transmission over public lines without
consent of the copyright holders, unless
intended for personal use or any other
purpose permitted by law.
Appendix/Index 270
Trademarks
The company names and product names
appearing in this manual are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective
holders.
･ "FOMA", "i-mode", "i-αppli", "Deco-mail", "spmode", "WORLD WING", "WORLD CALL",
"ToruCa", "mopera", "mopera U", "iD", "Xi", logo
of "ToruCa", logo of "iD" and logo of "Xi" are
trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT
DOCOMO, INC.
･ "Bluetooth" is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc., and Sony Mobile
Communications is licensed to use them.
Rovi, G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE
and their logos are trademarks or
registered trademarks in Japan of
U.S. Rovi Corporation and/or its affiliates.
･ "Xperia" is a trademark or registered
trademark of Sony Mobile Communications
AB.
･ "Media Go" is a trademark or registered
trademark of Sony Media Software and
Services.
･ "PlayStation" and " " are trademarks or
registered trademarks or Sony Computer
Entertainment
Inc.
･
"BRAVIA", "Sony", "Sweep Panorama",
"WALKMAN", "xLOUD", "FeliCa", "Reader" and
"Clear Phase" are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Sony Corporation.
･ "POBox" and "POBox"
logo are registered
trademarks of Sony
Computer Science Laboratories, Inc.
"POBox" is a co-developed technology of
Sony Computer Science Laboratories, Inc. and
Sony Mobile Communications, Inc.
･ microSD logo, microSDHC logo and
microSDXC logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
･
"Wi-Fi" is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
Alliance.
･ Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected
Setup logos are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi
Alliance.
･ The Wi-Fi Protected Setup Mark is a mark of
the Wi-Fi Alliance.
･
･
"Catch Phone (Call waiting service)" is a
registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph
and Telephone Corporation.
Appendix/Index 271
is a registered trademark of FeliCa
Networks, Inc.
･ FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation.
･
is a trademark or registered trademark of
NFC Forum, Inc. in the US and other countries.
･ "Twitter" is a trademark or registered
trademark of Twitter, Inc.
･ "Google" and "Google" logo, "Android" and
"Android" logo, "Google Play" and "Google
Play" logo, "Google+", "Gmail", "mobile Google
Maps", "Google Talk", "Google Latitude",
"Google Calendar", "YouTube" and "YouTube"
logo and "Picasa" are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Google, Inc.
･ Facebook and Facebook logo are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Facebook, Inc.
･ mixi and mixi logo are registered trademarks
of mixi, Inc.
･ DLNA is a trademark or registered
trademark of the Digital Living
Network Alliance.
･ MHL, Mobile High-Definition
Link and MHL logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of MHL,
LLC.
･
"Microsoft", "Windows", "Outlook", "Windows
Vista", "Windows Server", "Windows Media",
"PlayReady" and "ActiveSync" are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other
countries.
･ This product contains technology subject to
certain intellectual property rights of
Microsoft. Use or distribution of this
technology outside of this product is
prohibited without the appropriate license(s)
from Microsoft.
･ Content owners use Microsoft PlayReady
content access technology to protect their
intellectual property, including copyrighted
content. This device uses PlayReady
technology to access PlayReady-protected
content and/or WMDRM-protected content.
If the device fails to properly enforce
restrictions on content usage, content owners
may require Microsoft to revoke the device's
ability to consume PlayReady-protected
content. Revocation should not affect
unprotected content or content protected by
other content access technologies. Content
owners may require you to upgrade
PlayReady to access their content. If you
decline an upgrade, you will not be able to
access content that requires the upgrade.
･
Appendix/Index 272
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4
visual and AVC patent portfolio license for the
personal and non-commercial use of a
consumer for (i) encoding video in
compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard
("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC
video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG-4 or AVC
video that was encoded by a consumer
engaged in a personal and non-commercial
activity and/or was obtained from a video
provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide
MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is
granted or shall be implied for any other use.
Additional information including that relating
to promotional, internal and commercial uses
and licensing may be obtained MPEG LA,
L.L.C. (See http://www.mpegla.com ). MPEG
Layer-3 audio decoding technology licensed
from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
･ Other product and company names
mentioned herein may be the trademarks of
their respective owners.
In context, TM and ® mark are omitted.
･ Any rights not expressly granted herein are
reserved. All other trademarks are property of
their respective owners.
･
SIM unlock
This terminal supports SIM unlock. If you
release SIM lock, you can use SIM by a carrier
other than NTT DOCOMO.
･ The SIM unlock service is provided at a
docomo Shop.
･ A SIM unlock charge is separately required.
･ If you use a SIM other than by DOCOMO, LTE
system is not available. Available services and
functions will be limited. DOCOMO is not
liable to any failures or malfunctions.
･ For details of SIM unlock, refer to NTT
DOCOMO website.
Appendix/Index 273
Index
About phone ････････････････････････ 163
Access point
Initializing ･････････････････････････ 139
Setting････････････････････････････ 138
Accessibility ･････････････････････････ 162
Account
Auto-sync ･････････････････････････ 159
Removing ･････････････････････････ 159
Setting････････････････････････････ 156
Adjusting sound volume ･･･････････････ 140
Airplane mode ･･･････････････････････ 134
Alarm & clock ････････････････････････ 235
Setting alarm ･･････････････････････ 235
Album ･･････････････････････････････ 219
Application screen ･････････････････････ 80
Group ･････････････････････････････ 87
Learning ･･･････････････････････････ 80
Recommends ････････････････････ 80, 89
Switching ･･････････････････････････ 89
Applications ･･････････････････････ 80, 145
Adding to Home screen ･･･････････････ 86
Managing ･････････････････････････ 145
Searching ･･････････････････････････ 89
Sorting ････････････････････････････ 86
Uninstalling････････････ 79, 86, 146, 180
Applications button ･････････････････ 74, 80
Audible touch tones ･･･････････････････ 141
AUTO-GPS ･･･････････････････････････ 148
Auto-rotate screen ･････････････････････ 48
Backlight
Turning off ･････････････････････ 41, 142
Turning on ･････････････････････ 41, 162
Backup & reset ･･･････････････････････ 155
Battery ･･････････････････････････････ 144
Battery level ･･････････････････････ 36, 163
Battery pack ･･････････････････････････ 34
Bluetooth ･･･････････････････････････ 167
Device name ･･･････････････････････ 168
Pair setting ････････････････････････ 168
Receiving ･････････････････････････ 170
Sending ･･･････････････････････････ 171
Bluetooth keyboard ････････････････････ 72
Brightness ･･･････････････････････････ 142
Calculator ････････････････････････････ 83
Calendar ････････････････････････････ 232
Creating schedule･･･････････････････ 233
Reminders ･････････････････････････ 234
Call･･････････････････････････････････ 90
Declining ････････････････････････ 93, 94
Ending ･･････････････････････････ 90, 95
Hold･･･････････････････････････････ 94
Making ･････････････････････････ 90, 94
Mute ･･････････････････････････････ 95
Receiving ･･･････････････････････ 92, 94
Speaker ････････････････････････････ 94
Call forwarding service ･･････････････････ 98
Appendix/Index 274
Call history ･･･････････････････････････ 95
Adding to Phonebook ････････････････ 96
Deleting ･･･････････････････････････ 97
Making a call ････････････････････････ 96
Call notification････････････････････････ 98
Call settings･･･････････････････････････ 97
Call Waiting ･･･････････････････････････ 98
Caller ID display request service ･･････････ 98
Caller ID notification ････････････････････ 98
Camera ･････････････････････････････ 196
Continuous shooting ････････････････ 217
Face detection ･････････････････････ 214
Front camera･･･････････････････････ 213
Picture effect･･･････････････････････ 215
Quick launch ･･･････････････････････ 213
Recording videos ･･･････････････････ 208
Settings (still camera) ････････････････ 201
Settings (video camera) ･･････････････ 209
Shooting mode ･････････････････････ 199
Shooting screen ････････････････････ 198
Shooting still pictures ･･･････････････ 200
Smile Shutter ･･････････････････････ 214
Sweep Panorama ･･･････････････････ 216
Character entry ････････････････････････ 51
Character mode ･･･････････ 54, 57, 61, 62
Edit ･･･････････････････････････････ 64
Input method ･････････････ 54, 57, 61, 62
Settings ････････････････････････････ 65
Charging ･････････････････････････････ 35
Desktop Holder･･････････････････････ 37
Using a PC ･･････････････････････････ 39
Using AC adapter ････････････････････ 38
Using DC adapter ････････････････････ 38
Chat ････････････････････････････････ 121
Checkbox on/off ･･･････････････････････ 50
Chrome ･･････････････････････････････ 84
Contact Picker 2.3 ･･････････････････････ 69
Contacts ･････････････････････････････ 83
Data usage ･･････････････････････････ 133
Date & time ･･････････････････････････ 160
Developer options ････････････････････ 162
Dial ･････････････････････････････････ 83
Dictionary
Backing up and restoring ･･････････････ 71
English user dictionary ････････････････ 70
Japanese user dictionary ･･････････････ 70
Online dictionary ････････････････････ 71
Words by learning ･･･････････････････ 70
Disaster kit ･･･････････････････････････ 82
Display･･････････････････････････････ 142
dmarket･････････････････････････････ 178
dmenu ･･････････････････････････････ 178
docomo apps password ････････････････ 148
docomo backup ･･････････････････････ 238
docomo mini UIM card ･･･････････････ 19, 30
PIN ･･･････････････････････････････ 151
docomo service ･･････････････････････ 148
docomo voice input ･････････････ 50, 51, 68
docomo Wi-Fi Easy Connection ･･･････････ 81
Early Warning "Area Mail"･･･････････････ 121
Earpiece volume ･･･････････････････････ 95
eBook Reader by Sony ･･････････････････ 83
Email ･･･････････････････････････････ 113
Deleting ･･････････････････････････ 116
Forwarding ････････････････････････ 116
Appendix/Index 275
Initial settings ･･････････････････････ 113
Receiving ･････････････････････････ 115
Replying ･･････････････････････････ 116
Saving attachment file ･･･････････････ 116
Sending ･･･････････････････････････ 114
Email account
Adding ･･･････････････････････････ 118
Changing ･････････････････････････ 117
Deleting ･･････････････････････････ 119
Emergency call ････････････････････････ 91
English guidance ･･････････････････････ 98
Extensions ････････････････････････････ 69
External device connection ･････････････ 171
Connecting to a PC ･･････････････････ 171
DLNA device ･･･････････････････････ 175
Facebook････････････････････････････ 157
File Commander ･･･････････････････････ 84
FM radio ････････････････････････････ 195
Force stop ････････････････････････････ 41
Gmail ･･･････････････････････････････ 120
Google ･････････････････････････････ 156
Google Maps･････････････････････････ 229
Current location ････････････････････ 229
Getting direction ･･･････････････････ 231
Google Latitude ････････････････････ 232
Layers ････････････････････････････ 231
Search ････････････････････････････ 230
Street View ････････････････････････ 230
Google Talk ･･････････････････････････ 121
Google voice search ････････････････････ 50
Google voice typing ･････････････ 50, 51, 68
Google+ ･････････････････････････････ 85
GPS function ･････････････････････････ 227
Handwriting input ･････････････････････ 62
HDMI ･･･････････････････････････････ 223
Home application ･･･････････････････ 74, 89
Home screen ･･････････････････････････ 74
Adding ････････････････････････････ 78
Deleting ･･･････････････････････････ 78
Folder ･････････････････････････････ 77
Group ･････････････････････････････ 78
Kisekae ････････････････････････････ 77
Learning ･･･････････････････････････ 74
List ････････････････････････････････ 75
Shortcut ････････････････････････ 75, 79
Sorting ････････････････････････････ 79
Wallpaper ･･････････････････････････ 78
Widget ･････････････････････････ 76, 79
IC Tag/Barcode Reader ･･････････････････ 82
iC transfer service ･････････････････････ 181
i-channel ･････････････････････････････ 81
i-concier ･････････････････････････････ 81
Infrared communication ･･･････････････ 164
Infrared data port ････････････････ 29, 164
Initial settings ･････････････････････････ 42
Input support ･････････････････････････ 67
Internal storage ･･････････････････････ 143
International call ･･･････････････････････ 92
International roaming service ･･･････････ 241
International roaming setting ･･･････････ 247
Appendix/Index 276
IrDA (Infrared communication) ･･････････ 164
Japanese syllabary keyboard ･････････････ 61
Key icons ･････････････････････････････ 47
Kisekae ･･････････････････････････････ 77
Koe-no-Takuhaibin ･････････････････････ 98
Landscape view ･･･････････････････････ 48
Language & input ･････････････････････ 154
Let's start PSM･････････････････････････ 83
Light sensor ･･････････････････････････ 29
Location services ････････････････ 149, 227
Activate ･･･････････････････････････ 228
Location-based Wi-Fi ･･････････････････ 138
Media Go････････････････････････････ 174
Media Player ･････････････････････････ 224
Play list ･･･････････････････････････ 226
Playback ･･････････････････････････ 225
Memo ･･･････････････････････････････ 82
Message (SMS) ･･･････････････････････ 110
Deleting message ･･･････････････････ 112
Deleting messages (SMS) by party ･････ 112
New registration of contact ･･･････････ 111
Receiving ･････････････････････････ 111
Sending ･･･････････････････････････ 110
Setting････････････････････････････ 112
Messenger ･･･････････････････････････ 85
MHL ････････････････････････････････ 223
microSD card ･････････････････････ 32, 143
Format ････････････････････････････ 144
Missed call････････････････････････････ 97
Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 ････････････････ 142
Moji-Henshu ･･････････････････････････ 51
mopera U ･･･････････････････････････ 139
mopera U Mail ･･･････････････････････ 119
Movies ･･･････････････････････････････ 83
Music Unlimited ･･･････････････････････ 83
My profile ･･････････････････････ 100, 106
Network connection settings････････････ 128
Network mode ･･･････････････････････ 244
Network service ･･･････････････････････ 98
NFC ････････････････････････････････ 187
One-touch function ･････････････････ 183
Notes ････････････････････････････････ 84
Notification icon ･･･････････････････････ 43
Notification LED ･･･････････････････････ 46
Notification panel ･･････････････････････ 45
Notification sound ････････････････････ 141
Nuisance call blocking service ････････････ 98
OfficeSuite ･･････････････････････････ 240
Osaifu-Keitai ･････････････････････････ 180
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock Settings ･･･････ 185
Own number ････････････ 6, 100, 106, 163
PC Companion ･･････････････････ 172, 263
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code) ･････ 151
Appendix/Index 277
Phone language ･･････････････････････ 154
Phonebook ･･･････････････････････････ 99
Accounts to display ･････････････････ 102
Adding a new entry ･････････････････ 101
Combining ････････････････････････ 105
Communication ････････････････････ 100
Contacts display order ･･･････････････ 102
Deleting ･･････････････････････････ 105
Editing ････････････････････････････ 104
Exporting ･････････････････････････ 108
Favorites ･･････････････････････････ 104
Groups ･･･････････････････････････ 103
Importing ･････････････････････････ 109
Infrared ･･･････････････････････････ 106
Making a call ･･･････････････････････ 102
My profile ････････････････････ 100, 106
Ringtone ･･････････････････････････ 105
Searching ･････････････････････････ 102
Sending (Sharing) ･･･････････････････ 107
Setting photo ･･････････････････････ 104
Shortcuts･･････････････････････････ 101
Timeline ･･････････････････････････ 100
Phonebook list screen ･････････････････ 100
Phonepad keyboard ････････････････････ 54
Flick input ･･････････････････････････ 55
Toggle entry ････････････････････････ 56
Photo collection ･･･････････････････････ 82
PIN code ････････････････････････････ 151
Play Books ････････････････････････････ 85
Play Movies & TV･･･････････････････････ 85
Play Store ･･･････････････････････････ 179
Deleting ･･････････････････････････ 180
Installing ･･････････････････････････ 179
Playing video ･･･････････････････ 220, 225
PlayMemories Online ･･･････････････････ 83
POBox Touch User Guide ･････････････ 63, 72
Power management ･･･････････････････ 144
Power Saver ･････････････････････････ 144
Preferred apps settings ･････････････ 74, 148
Proximity sensor ･･･････････････････････ 29
QWERTY keyboard ･････････････････････ 57
Radio button on/off ････････････････････ 50
Reboot･･･････････････････････････････ 41
Recent calls screen ･････････････････････ 95
Recording videos ･････････････････････ 208
Reject unregistered call ･････････････････ 98
Remote operation settings ･･････････････ 98
Remote support ･･･････････････････････ 82
Reset ･･･････････････････････････････ 156
Ringtone setting ･･････････････････････ 141
Ringtone volume ･･････････････････ 92, 141
Schedule ･････････････････････････････ 82
Screen lock ･･･････････････････････ 41, 152
Changing ･････････････････････････ 153
Setting････････････････････････････ 152
Unlocking ･････････････････････････ 153
Screen mirroring ･･････････････････････ 147
Screenshot ･･･････････････････････････ 49
Searching ････････････････････････････ 50
Voice search ････････････････････････ 50
Second call settings ････････････････････ 98
Security ･････････････････････････････ 149
Security code
Appendix/Index 278
Network security code ･･･････････････ 150
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code) ･･･ 151
PIN code ･･････････････････････････ 151
Setting menu ････････････････････････ 128
Setup guide ･･････････････････････ 42, 156
Shabette concier･･･････････････････････ 81
Shooting still pictures ･････････････････ 200
Silent mode･･･････････････････････････ 49
SIM card lock ･････････････････････････ 151
Small apps ････････････････････････････ 88
Smart Connect ･･･････････････････････ 147
Software keyboard ･････････････････････ 52
Common settings ････････････････････ 66
Keyboard skin ･･･････････････････････ 68
Software update ･･････････････････････ 261
Sony car･･････････････････････････････ 84
Sony Select ･･･････････････････････････ 84
Sound ･･････････････････････････････ 140
Specification ･････････････････････････ 264
sp-mode ････････････････････････････ 139
sp-mode mail ････････････････････････ 110
Status bar ････････････････････････････ 42
Status icon ･･･････････････････････････ 43
Stereo Headset with Microphone
･･･････････････････････ 93, 188, 195,
Stopwatch ･･･････････････････････････
Storage ･････････････････････････････
Synchronizing data････････････････････
218
237
143
159
Tethering ････････････････････････････ 136
USB tethering ･･････････････････････ 136
Wi-Fi tethering ･････････････････････ 137
Text editing ･･･････････････････････････ 64
Theme ･･････････････････････････････ 142
Timer ･･･････････････････････････････ 237
ToruCa ･･････････････････････････････ 186
Touch screen ･･････････････････････････ 47
Drag･･･････････････････････････････ 48
Flick ･･･････････････････････････････ 47
Pinch ･･････････････････････････････ 48
Scroll ･･････････････････････････････ 48
Swipe･･････････････････････････････ 47
Tap ････････････････････････････････ 47
Touch and hold ･･････････････････････ 47
TrackID ･･････････････････････････････ 84
Troubleshooting ･･････････････････････ 250
Turning power on/off ･･･････････････････ 40
Unlock screen ･････････････････････････ 41
USB connection ･･･････････････････ 39, 172
USB keyboard ･････････････････････････ 72
USB storage･･････････････････････････ 143
Format ････････････････････････････ 144
User dictionary settings ･････････････････ 70
Vibration ･･････････ 49, 112, 117, 141, 235
Video Unlimited ･･･････････････････････ 83
Viewing photos ･･････････････････････ 220
Voice input ･･････････ 50, 55, 57, 61, 63, 68
Voice mail service ･･････････････････････ 98
Voice Search ･･････････････････････････ 85
VPN ････････････････････････････････ 135
WALKMAN ････････････････････････････ 83
Wallpaper ････････････････････････････ 78
Appendix/Index 279
Water resistant/Dust resistant ････････････ 23
Web browser ･････････････････････････ 123
Adding a tab ･･･････････････････････ 123
Bookmark ･････････････････････････ 126
Closing ･･･････････････････････････ 124
Copying text ･･･････････････････････ 125
Going back to the previous page ･･････ 123
History ････････････････････････････ 126
Link ･･････････････････････････････ 125
Moving ･･･････････････････････････ 123
New incognito tab ･･････････････････ 124
Opening ･･････････････････････････ 123
Searching text･･････････････････････ 124
Setting home page ･･････････････････ 125
Settings ･･･････････････････････････ 125
Switching tabs ･････････････････････ 124
Zooming in/out ････････････････････ 124
Wi-Fi ･･･････････････････････････････ 128
Sleep policy ･･･････････････････････ 131
Wi-Fi Direct ･･････････････････････････ 132
Word suggestion ･･････････････････････ 67
WORLD CALL ･････････････････････････ 92
World clock ･･････････････････････････ 236
WORLD WING ････････････････････････ 241
YouTube ････････････････････････････ 222
Numerics
1Seg ･･･････････････････････････････
Data broadcasting ･･････････････････
Initial settings ･･････････････････････
Program guide ･････････････････････
Recording ･････････････････････････
Recording reservation ･･･････････････
Settings ･･･････････････････････････
TVlink ････････････････････････････
Viewing reservation ･････････････････
Watching program ･･････････････････
1Seg antenna cable ･････････････････
187
190
189
194
194
194
191
193
194
189
188
xLOUD ･･････････････････････････････ 140
Xperia ･･････････････････････････････ 147
Xperia Chinese keyboard ････････････････ 51
Xperia Japanese keyboard ･･･････････････ 51
Setting･････････････････････････････ 65
Xperia keyboard ･･･････････････････････ 52
Appendix/Index 280
Make various applications or charge your billing plan, check your charges and points, and more online.
sp-mode: dmenu ⇒ " お客様サポートへ (To Customer support)" ⇒ " 各種お申込・お手続き (Various applications/procedures)"
(Packet communication free) (In Japanese only)
PC: My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/) ⇒ 各種お申込・お手続き (Various applications/procedures)
(In Japanese only)
* When using with sp-mode, "Network security code" is required.
* When using with sp-mode, you may be charged.
* "docomo ID and password" are required for use.
* Please contact "General Inquiries" described on the last page if you forget or do not have "docomo ID and password".
* May not be available in some cases depending on the conditions of your subscription.
* There are cases where the site may not be available due to system maintenance, etc.
Don't forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!
Remember to be courteous to others when you use your terminal.
Turn the power off when you are:
Keep your voice and ring tone down
In places where use is prohibited
Be sure to switch the power off in an aircraft or a
hospital.
* Electronic medical devices may be in use near
you.
Turn off your terminal even in hospital lobbies
and waiting rooms as well as hospital wards.
■ In crowded places such as peak-hour trains if
implanted electronic medical devices may be in
use near you
Radio waves emitted by the terminal may
adversely affect implanted pacemakers and ICDs
when used in close proximity.
■ Driving
Using a handheld mobile phone while driving will
result in a penalty.
However, absolutely necessary cases such as
rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's
safety are exempted.
■ In places such as theaters, cinemas, and art
galleries
Using the terminal in a public place, where you
need to be quiet, annoys people around you.
■
■
Keep your voice down in quiet places like
restaurants and hotel lobbies.
■ If you are in an outdoor public place, make sure
you do not disturb others.
Respect privacy
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
Have good manners
The terminal is equipped with useful functions
not to answer an incoming call or to mute the
sound.
【Vibrate】(P.141)
Vibrates when there is an incoming call.
【マナーモード】（P.49）
Silent mode mutes the sounds of the terminal
such as the operation sounds and the ringtone.
* Shutter sound cannot be muted.
You can also use optional services such as the
Voice Mail Service (P.98) and Call Forwarding
Service (P.98).
General Inquiries

0120-005-250 (toll free)
*Service available in: English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish, Korean.
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.)
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
(No prefix) 151 (toll free)
*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
Repairs
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
(No prefix) 113 (toll free)
*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 24 hours (open all year round))
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round))
●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo
Shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website.
NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
Loss or theft of terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas
Failures encountered overseas

(available 24 hours a day)
(available 24 hours a day)
From DOCOMO mobile phones
From DOCOMO mobile phones
International call access code
for the country you stay
-81-3-6832-6600* (toll free)
International call access code
for the country you stay
-81-3-6718-1414* (toll free)
*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.
*If you use SO-04E, you should dial the number +81-3-6832-6600
(to enter '＋', touch and hold '0').
*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.
*If you use SO-04E, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414
(to enter '＋', touch and hold '0').
From land-line phones
From land-line phones

Universal number international
prefix
-8000120-0151*
*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for
the country you stay.
*For international call access codes for major countries and universal number
international prefix, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.
●If you lose your terminal or have it stolen, immediately take
the steps necessary for suspending the use of the terminal.
●If the terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your terminal
to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan.
Universal number international
prefix
-8005931-8600*
*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for
the country you stay.
*For international call access codes for major countries and universal number
international prefix, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.
We collect old phones, etc. regardless of brands and
manufacturers. Bring them to your nearest docomo Shop.
*Items to be collected: mobile phones, PHS, battery packs,
chargers, desktop holders (regardless of brands and
manufacturers)
Don’t forget your mobile phone・・・or your manners!
٧When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to
show common courtesy and consideration for others around you.
Li-ion 00
Sales: NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Manufacturer: Sony Mobile
Communications, Inc
’
13.5 (1st Edition) 1273-9504.1

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2013:02:22 11:56:17+09:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:05:06 20:43:09+02:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:08:04
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Creator Tool                    : PScript5.dll Version 5.2
Metadata Date                   : 2013:05:06 20:43:09+02:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 
Creator                         : 
Document ID                     : uuid:a3306372-7afb-448c-bf05-fd15234d85cd
Instance ID                     : uuid:a447bf85-0a02-4044-b074-9dbc69773086
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Count                      : 284

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Sony PM-0320 GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID User Manual User Guide

Sony Mobile Communications Inc GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID User Guide

Contents

User Guide

FCC ID Filing: PY7PM-0320

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation